Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

prose authors (

  • 1 ναός

    νᾱός, , [dialect] Dor., Thess., etc. form, Leg.Gort.1.42, IG9(2).517.45 (Larissa, iii B.C.), etc., used also in Trag. (even dialogue) to the exclusion of νεώς, S.El.8, E.Hipp.31, al., exc. A.Pers. 810, rare in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com., Pl.R. 394a, Lg. 738c, 814b, Arist.EN 1174a24, Posidipp. 29.1, more freq. in X., HG2.3.20, An.5.3.9, al., found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr.from iii B.C., IG22.1314.18, 1315.28, etc., and in Hellenistic and later Gr. (along with νεώς), SIG277 (Priene, iv B.C.), 214 (Phanagoria, iv B.C.), 494.3 (Delph., iii B.C.), LXX 1 Ki.1.9, al. ( νεώς only in
    A 2 Ma.), UPZ6.22 (ii B.C.), Plb.9.30.2 (

    νεώς Plb. 10.4.4

    ), etc.; [dialect] Ion.[full] νηός, always in Hom. and Hdt. (v. infr.), but gen. νε[ώ] IG12(7).1.4 (Amorgos, v B.C.); dat.

    νειῴ Michel832.38

    (Samos, iv B.C.); [dialect] Att. [full] νεώς (Attic Inscrr. of v-iii B.C. (v. infr.), once in Trag. (v. supr.), freq. in Prose authors and found in Com. (v. infr.)); declension, nom.

    νεώς X.HG 1.6.1

    ; gen.

    νεώ IG12.4.9

    ,80.6, Ar.Pl. 733, IG22.1524.45, SIG1219.32 (Gambreum, iii B.C.); dat.

    νεῴ IG12.6.122

    , 256.4, Antipho6.39, Alex.40.3, IG22.1504.7; acc. νεών ib.12.24.13, al., X.HG6.5.9, Ar. Nu. 401, Pl. 741, Philem.139, f.l. in E.HF 340, later

    νεώ IG22.212.35

    (iv B.C.), al., LXX 2 Ma.6.2, al., D.S.16.58 (v.l. νεών), SIG 877A10 (ii/ iii A.D.), v.l. in D.H.4.26, but

    νεών Aristid.Or.27(16).19

    (v.l. νεώ), Ach.Tat.3.6 (v.l. νεώ Bast Epist.Crit.p.176), etc.: pl. nom.

    νεῴ X. HG6.4.7

    ; acc.

    νεώς A.Pers. 810

    , Isoc.5.117, Plb.10.4.4; dat.

    νεῴς IG12.384

    ; on the accent v. Hdn.Gr.1.8: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ναῦος Alc.9, IG12 (2).60.27 (Mytil.); Spartan [full] ναϝός ib.5(1).1564 (pl., found at Delos, v/iv B.C.):— temple, Il.1.39, al., Pi.O.13.21 (pl.), etc.
    II inmost part of a temple, shrine containing the image of the god, Hdt.1.183, 6.19, X.Ap.15, UPZl.c.;

    ἐν παντὶ ἱερῷ ὅπου ναός ἐστι PGnom.79

    (ii A.D.).
    III portable shrine carried in processions, Hdt.2.63, D.S.1.15, etc.
    IV metaph., of Christians,

    ν. θεοῦ ἐστε 1 Ep.Cor. 3.16

    ; of the body of Christ, Ev.Jo.2.19,21. [ νᾰόν and

    νᾰῶ Orph.Fr. 32b

    iv (Phaestus, ii B.C.); elsewh. [pron. full] .] (Perh. fr. νᾰς-ϝός, cf. ναίω.)
    ------------------------------------
    νᾱός, [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Att. poet. gen. from ναῦς. [full] Νᾶος,

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ναός

  • 2 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. [full] ὄνῠμα IG12(2).68.8 (Lesb.), GDI4992a iii 7 ([place name] Crete), SIG1122.8 ([place name] Selinus), Berl.Sitzb.1927.167 ([place name] Cyrene) ; [dialect] Lacon. *[full] ἔνυμα prob. in pr. nn.
    A

    Ἐνυμακρατίδας IG5(1).213.45

    , Ἐνυμαντιάδας ib.97.20, 280.2 ; poet. also (metri gr.) [full] οὔνομα (v.infr.), which appears regularly in codd. of Hdt. (along with ὀνομάζω, as 2.50, 4.35, al.), and sts. in other [dialect] Ion. prose authors (v.l. in Hp.Prog.25, etc.), but is prob. not Ionic ; [dialect] Ion. Inscrr. have only ὄνομα, IG7.235.39 ([place name] Oropus), etc.: Hom. has

    οὔνομα Od.6.194

    , 9.355, Il.3.235,

    οὐνόματ' (α) 17.260

    ,

    ὄνομα Od.9.16

    , 364, 366, 19.183,

    ὄνομ' (α) 4.710

    et saep.:— name of a person or thing, in Hom. always of a person, exc.

    ἐρέω δέ τοι οὔνομα λαῶν Od.6.194

    and in Od.13.248 (v. infr. II) ;

    Οὖτις ἐμοί γ' ὄ. 9.366

    , cf. 18.5,19.183, 247;

    Ἀρήτη δ' ὄνομ' ἐστὶν ἐπώνυμον 7.54

    , cf. 19.409, Hes. Th. 144 : in Prose ὄνομα is used abs., by name,

    πόλις ὄ. Καιναί X.An. 2.4.28

    , etc.: also dat., πόλις Θάψακος ὀνόματι ib.1.4.11 (v. l.) ;

    ὀνόματι λέγειν

    by name,

    Pl.Ap. 21c

    ;

    ἐπ' ὀνόματος δηλοῦσθαι Plb.18.45.4

    , etc. ; κατ' ὄνομα by name, Strato Com.1.14, Epigr.Gr.983.4 ([place name] Philae) ; ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ' ὄ. each by his name, 3 Ep.Jo.14.
    2 ὄ. τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τινί give one a name, Od.19.403, 406, 8.554, A.Fr. 6, Ar.Av. 810 :—[voice] Pass., ὄ. κεῖταί τινι ib. 1291 ; ὄ. ἐστι or κεῖται ἐπί τινι, X.Mem.3.14.2, Cyr.2.2.12 ; so ὄ. φέρειν or ἐπιφέρειν ἐπί τι, Arist. EN 1119a33, HA 572a11.
    3 ὄνομα καλεῖν τινα call one by name,

    εἴπ' ὄνομ', ὅττι σε κεῖθι κάλεον Od. 8.550

    ;

    καλοῦσί με τοῦτο τὸ ὄ. X. Oec.7.3

    , cf. E. Ion 259, 800, Pl.Cra. 393e, etc.:—so in [voice] Pass.,

    ὄ. δ' ὠνομάζετο Ἕλενος S.Ph. 605

    , cf. El. 694 ;

    ὄ. δημοκρατία κέκληται Th.2.37

    ;

    τὸ ἐναντίον ὄ. ἀφροσύνη μετωνόμασται Id.1.122

    ;

    ὄ. ἓν κεκλημένους Σικελιώτας Id.4.64

    ;

    λεγόμενοι τοὔνομα γεωργικοί Pl.Lg. 842e

    ; but also

    ὀνόματί τινα προσαγορεύειν Antipho 6.40

    ; reversely, ὄνομα καλεῖν τινι give a name to, Pl.Plt. 279e, Cra. 385d ;

    ὄ. καλεῖν ἐπί τινι Id.Prm. 147d

    ;

    τύμβῳ δ' ὄ. σῷ κεκλήσεται.. Κυνὸς σῆμα E.Hec. 1271

    ;

    τοὔνομα προσηγορεύθη Anaxil.21.3

    .
    II name, fame,

    Ἰθάκης γε καὶ ἐς Τροίην ὄνομ' ἵκει Od.13.248

    ;

    οὐδὲ θανὼν ὄνομ' ὤλεσας 24.93

    ; ὄ. ἔχειν or σχεῖν ἀπό τινος, Hdt.1.71, Pl.Hp.Ma. 282a ;

    τὸ μεγα ὄ. τῶν Ἀθηνῶν Th.7.64

    ;

    τῷ μέλλοντι χρόνῳ καταλιπεῖν ὄ. ὡς.. Id.5.16

    ;

    τοὔνομά τινος μεῖζον ἀφικνεῖται εἰς τὴν πόλιν X.An.6.1.20

    ;

    ὧν ὀνόματα μεγάλα λέγεται ἐπὶ σοφίᾳ Pl.Hp.Ma. 281c

    ;

    ὄ. μέγιστον ἔχειν Th.2.64

    ; ἐν ὀνόματι εἶναι to have a name, to be notable, Str.9.1.23 ;

    οἱ ἐν πράγμασιν ἐπ' ὀνόματος γεγονότες Plb.15.35.1

    ;

    παράσιτοι δ' ἐπ' ὀνόματος ἐγένοντο

    notably,

    Ath.6.240c

    ; τῶν δι' ὀνόματος παρασίτων ib. 241a.
    III a name and nothing else, opp. the real person or thing,

    ἵνα μηδ' ὄνομ' αὐτοῦ ἐν ἀνθρώποισι λίπηται Od.4.710

    ;

    βοᾶς δ' ἔτι μηδ' ὄνομ' εἴη Theoc. 16.97

    ; opp. ἔργον, E.Or. 454, Hipp. 502 ;

    περὶ ὄ. μάχεσθαι Lys.33.3

    ;

    ἐκ τῶν ὀ. μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν πραγμάτων σκέψασθαι D.9.15

    ; ὀνόματι διαφέρεσθαι dispute about a word, Pl.Euthd. 285a, Lg. 644a.
    2 false name, pretence, pretext, ὀνόματι ἐννόμῳ ξυμμαχίας under the pretence.., Th.4.60 ;

    μετ' ὀνομάτων καλῶν Id.5.89

    ;

    χώρα καλῶν ὀ. καὶ προσχημάτων μεστή Pl.R. 495c

    , cf. Plb.11.5.4.
    IV in periphr. phrases, ὄ. τῆς σωτηρίας, = σωτηρία, E.IT 905, cf. ὄνομ' ὁμιλίας ἐμῆς (v. l. for ὄμμ') Id.Or. 1082 : with the names of persons, periphr. for the person,

    ὦ φίλτατον ὄ. Πολυνείκους Id.Ph. 1702

    .
    2 of persons,

    ὄχλος ὀνομάτων Act.Ap.1.15

    ; ἕτερα ὀ. ἀντ' αὐτοῦ.. πέμψαι Wilcken Chr.28.19 (ii A. D.) ; in Accountancy, both of persons and things (cf. Lat. nomen), Hyp.Ath.6, 10 (both pl.), Jahresh.26 Beibl.13 (Ephes., ii A. D., pl.) ; βαρέσαι τὸ ἐμὸν ὄ. charge my account, POxy.126.8 (vi A. D.) ; τὸν τόκον τὸν ὀνόματί μου παραγραφέντα ib.513.22 (ii A. D.) ; in registers of titledeeds, etc., οἰκίας οὐ κειμένης ἐν ὀνόματι τῆς ἀποδομένης not booked under the name of the seller, PLips. 3 ii 25 (iii A. D.) ; ὀνόματι ἰδιωτικῆς under the head of private land, PCair.Preis.47.10 (iv A. D.);

    δικαιώματα.. ἑκάστῳ ὀνόματι παράκειται BGU113.11

    (ii A. D.); in tax-receipts, ἔσχον ὀνόματος Σομτοῦς on account of S., Ostr.Bodl. ii 39 (ii A. D.), cf. PFay.85.7 (iii A. D.), etc.
    V phrase, expression, esp. of technical terms,

    ὀ. τὰ ἐν τῇ ναυτικῇ X.Ath.1.19

    : generally, D.19.187.
    VI Gramm., word, opp. ῥῆμα (expression), Pl.Cra. 399b, cf. Ap. 17c, Smp. 198b, 199b, 221e, Isoc.9.9, 11, Arist.Rh. 1404b5, Aeschin.3.72, A.D.Synt.12.25, al., Demetr.Eloc.23, al. ; τὸ ἰλλαίνειν ὄ. the word ἰλλαίνειν, Gal.17(1).679.
    2 noun, opp. ῥῆμα (verb, predicate), Pl.Tht. 168b, Sph. 262a, 262b, cf. Arist.Po. 1457a10, Int. 16a19, al.; as one of five parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.45 ; ὄ. κύριον a proper name, opp. προσηγορικόν, D.T.636.16, A.D.Pron.26.12, al. (so ὄ. alone, Ar.Nu. 681 sqq., Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213) ; also of adjectives, S.E.M.1.222. (Cf. Goth. namo, gen. namins, Lat. nōmen, Skt. nāma.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὄνομα

  • 3 aldinn

    a. old (inn aldni jötunn).
    * * *
    adj. [Engl. old; Germ. alt; Ulf. alþeis = αρχαιος]. In Icel. only poët. The Scandinavians say gamall in the posit., but in compar. and superl. ellri, elztr, from another root ald: it very seldom appears in prose authors: v. Lex. Poët.; Sks. 630; cp. aldrænn.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > aldinn

  • 4 reicio

    rē-ĭcĭo (better than rē-jĭcĭo), rejēci, jectum, 3 (reicis, dissyl., Stat. Th. 4, 574;

    and likewise reice,

    Verg. E. 3, 96;

    and perh. also,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 6; scanned elsewhere throughout rēĭcio, etc.), v. a. [jacio], to throw, cast, or fling back (freq. and class.; cf.: remitto, retorqueo).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Of inanim. objects:

    imago nostros oculos rejecta revisit,

    Lucr. 4, 285; 4, 107; cf. id. 4, 570:

    telum in hostes,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 46: tunicam reicere, i. e. to fling back, fling over the shoulder (whereas abicere is to throw off, Cic. Att. 4, 2, 4), Lucil. ap. Varr. L. L. 6, § 69 Müll.; cf.:

    togam in umerum,

    Quint. 11, 3, 131; 140:

    togam a sinistro,

    id. 11, 3, 144:

    togam ab umero,

    Liv. 23, 8 fin.:

    amictum ex umeris,

    Verg. A. 5, 421:

    ex umeris' vestem,

    Ov. M. 2, 582:

    de corpore vestem,

    id. ib. 9, 32:

    penulam,

    Cic. Mil. 10, 29; Phaedr. 5, 2, 5 Burm.:

    sagulum,

    Cic. Pis. 23, 55; Suet. Aug. 26:

    amictum,

    Prop. 2, 23 (3, 17), 13:

    vestem,

    Cat. 66, 81 al.:

    ab ore colubras,

    Ov. M. 4, 474:

    capillum circum caput neglegenter,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 50: manibus ad tergum rejectis, thrown back or behind, Asin. Pol. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 32, 3:

    manus post terga,

    Plin. 28, 4, 11, § 45: scutum, to throw over one ' s back (in flight), Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 294; Galb. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    parmas,

    Verg. A. 11, 619:

    ut janua in publicum reiceretur,

    might be thrown back, Plin. 36, 15, 24, § 112:

    fatigata membra rejecit,

    i. e. stretched on the ground, Curt. 10, 5, 3:

    voluit... Reicere Alcides a se mea pectora,

    to push back, Ov. M. 9, 51:

    librum e gremio suo,

    to fling away, id. Tr. 1, 1, 66:

    sanguinem ore,

    to cast up, vomit, Plin. 26, 12, 82, § 131; so,

    sanguinem,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 19, 6; 8, 1, 2:

    bilem,

    Plin. 23, 6, 57, § 106:

    vinum,

    Suet. Aug. 77:

    aliquid ab stomacho,

    Scrib. Comp. 191.— Poet.:

    oculos Rutulorum reicit arvis,

    turns away, averts, Verg. A. 10, 473:

    pars (vocum) solidis adlisa locis rejecta sonorem Reddit,

    echoed, Lucr. 4, 570.—
    b.
    Of living objects, to drive back, chase back, force back, repel (so in gen. not found in class. prose authors):

    hominem,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 3, 19:

    aliquem,

    id. Merc. 5, 2, 69:

    in bubilem reicere (boves),

    id. Pers. 2, 5, 18:

    pascentes a flumine capellas,

    Verg. E. 3, 96:

    in postremam aciem,

    to place in the rear, Liv. 8, 8.—
    (β).
    Reicere se, to throw or cast one ' s self back or again; or, in gen., to throw or fling one ' s self anywhere:

    tum illa Rejecit se in eum,

    flung herself into his arms, Ter. And. 1, 1, 109:

    se in gremium tuom,

    Lucr. 1, 34:

    se in grabatum,

    Petr. 92, 3; cf.:

    in cubile rejectus est,

    id. 103, 5; cf.:

    fatigata membra rejecit,

    leaned back, Curt. 10, 5, 3.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Milit. t. t., to force back, beat back, repel, repulse the enemy (cf.:

    repello, reprimo, refuto): eos, qui eruptionem fecerant, in urbem reiciebant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 2 fin.:

    reliqui in oppidum rejecti sunt,

    id. B. G. 2, 33; 1, 24 fin.:

    Tusci rejecti armis,

    Verg. A. 11, 630:

    ab Antiocheā hostem,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 2; cf.:

    praesidia adversariorum Calydone,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 35 (where, however, as id. ib. 3, 46, the MSS. vacillate between rejecti and dejecti; v. Oud. N. cr.).—
    2.
    Nautical t. t.: reici, to be driven back by a storm (while deferri or deici signifies to be cast away, and eici to be thrown on the shore, stranded; v. Liv. 44, 19, 2 Drak.): naves tempestate rejectas eodem, unde erant profectae, revertisse, Caes. B. G. 5, 5; so,

    naves,

    id. ib. 5, 23:

    a Leucopetrā profectus... rejectus sum austro vehementi ad eandem Leucopetram,

    Cic. Att. 16, 7, 1; cf. id. Phil. 1, 3, 7; id. Caecin. 30, 88:

    sin reflantibus ventis reiciemur,

    id. Tusc. 1, 49, 119; id. Att. 3, 8, 2.
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., to cast off, remove, repel, reject:

    abs te socordiam omnem reice,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 6: abs te religionem, Att. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 65 Müll. (Trag. Rel. v. 430 Rib.):

    quam ut a nobis ratio verissima longe reiciat,

    Lucr. 6, 81:

    (hanc proscriptionem) nisi hoc judicio a vobis reicitis et aspernamini,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153:

    ab his reicientur plagae balistarum,

    Vitr. 10, 20:

    foedum contactum a casto corpore,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 11, 9; Ter. Phorm. prol. 18:

    ferrum et audaciam,

    Cic. Mur. 37, 79; cf.

    ictus,

    Stat. Th. 6, 770; and:

    minas Hannibalis retrorsum,

    Hor. C. 4, 8, 16:

    (in Verrinis) facilius quod reici quam quod adici possit invenient,

    Quint. 6, 3, 5.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    Pregn., to reject contemptuously; to refuse, scorn, disdain, despise; esp. of a lover, etc.:

    forsitan nos reiciat,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 5, 5:

    petentem,

    Ov. M. 9, 512:

    Lydiam,

    Hor. C. 3, 9, 20:

    Socratem omnem istam disputationem rejecisse et tantum de vitā et moribus solitum esse quaerere,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 16:

    refutetur ac reiciatur ille clamor,

    id. Tusc. 2, 23, 55:

    qui Ennii Medeam spernat aut reiciat,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 4;

    of an appeal to the Senate: quae cum rejecta relatio esset,

    Liv. 2, 31, 9:

    recens dolor consolationes reicit ac refugit,

    Plin. Ep. 5, 16, 11:

    ad bona deligenda et reicienda contraria,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60; cf.

    (vulgares reïce taedas, deligere),

    Ov. M. 14, 677:

    rejectā praedā,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 68:

    condiciones, Auct. B. Alex. 39: rejecit dona nocentium,

    Hor. C. 4, 9, 42.—
    b.
    In jurid. lang.: judices reicere, to set aside, challenge peremptorily, reject the judges appointed by lot:

    cum ex CXXV. judicibus quinque et LXX. reus reiceret,

    Cic. Planc. 17, 41; 15, 36; id. Att. 1, 16, 3; id. Verr. 2, 1, 7, § 18; 2, 3, 11, § 28; 2, 3, 13, § 32; 2, 3, 59, § 146; id. Vatin. 11, 27; Plin. Pan. 36, 4.—
    c.
    In the philosoph. lang. of the Stoics: reicienda and rejecta (as a transl. of the Gr. apoproêgmena), rejectable things, i. e. evils to be rejected, Cic. Fin. 5, 26, 78; 3, 16, 52; id. Ac. 1, 10, 37; cf. rejectaneus.—
    2.
    With a designation of the term. ad quem, to refer to, make over to, remand to:

    ad ipsam te epistulam reicio,

    Cic. Att. 9, 13, 8:

    in hunc gregem vos Sullam reicietis?

    id. Sull. 28, 77 (with transferre).—
    b.
    Publicists' t. t.: reicere aliquid or aliquem ad senatum (consules, populum, pontifices, etc.), to refer a matter, or the one whom it concerns, from one ' s self to some other officer or authorized body (esp. freq. in Liv.; v. the passages in Liv. 2, 22, 5 Drak.):

    totam rem ad Pompeium,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 17:

    senatus a se rem ad populum rejecit,

    Liv. 2, 27, 5; cf.:

    ab tribunis ad senatum res est rejecta,

    id. 40, 29; and:

    rem ad senatum,

    id. 5, 22, 1:

    aliquid ad pontificum collegium,

    id. 41, 16; so, rem ad pontifices, Ver. Flac. ap. Gell. 5, 17, 2:

    rem ad Hannibalem,

    Liv. 21, 31; id. 2, 28:

    tu hoc animo esse debes, ut nihil huc reicias,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16, 2.—Of personal objects:

    legati ab senatu rejecti ad populum, deos rogaverunt, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 20; so id. 8, 1; 9, 43; 24, 2; 39, 3.— Absol.:

    tribuni appellati ad senatum rejecerunt,

    Liv. 27, 8; 42, 32 fin.
    c.
    With respect to time, to put off to a later period, to defer, postpone (Ciceronian):

    a Kal. Febr. legationes in Idus Febr. reiciebantur,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 1:

    reliqua in mensem Januarium,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 3:

    repente abs te in mensem Quintilem rejecti sumus,

    id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—
    * d.
    Reicere se aliquo, to fling one ' s self on a thing, i. e. apply one ' s self to it (very rare): crede mihi, Caesarem... maximum beneficium te sibi dedisse judicaturum, si huc te reicis, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, § 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > reicio

  • 5 ἐπεί

    ἐπεί, Conj., both temporal and causal; also [full] ἐπειδή, [full] ἐπείτε.
    A OF TIME ( ἐπειδή is more freq. in this sense in Prose), after that, since, when, from Hom. downwds.:
    I with Ind.,
    1 of a definite occurrence in past time, mostly c. [tense] aor., ἐπεί π' εὔξαντο after they had prayed, Il.1.458;

    ἐπειδὴ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος καὶ κατέστη Ἀρταξέρξης

    after

    D.

    had died and A. had succeeded, X.An.1.1.3: rarely c. [tense] impf.,

    ἐπειδὴ εἱστιώμεθ' Ar.Nu. 1354

    ;

    ἐ. πόντον εἰσεβάλλομεν E.IT 260

    ;

    ἐ. ἠσθένει Δαρεῖος X.An.1.1.1

    : c. [tense] plpf., ἐπειδὴ ἐξηπάτησθε.. after you had been deceived.., D.18.42; but generally the [tense] aor. is found, the [tense] plpf. being used only for special emphasis: c. [tense] impf. to express an action not yet complete, ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο after the phalanx began to advance and the trumpet had sounded, X.An.6.5.27.
    2 with implied reference to some later time, ἐ. or ἐπειδή, = ἐξ οὗ, from the time when, since, mostly c. [tense] aor.,

    πολλὰ πλάγχθη, ἐ. ἔπερσε Od.1.2

    ; ἐπείτε παρέλαβον τὸν θρόνον, τοῦτο ἐφρόντιζον ever since I came to the throne, I had this in mind, Hdt.7.8.

    ά; ἐπειδήπερ ὑπέστη Th.8.68

    ;

    δέκατον μὲν ἔτος τόδ' ἐ... ἦραν A.Ag. 40

    : sts. c. [tense] pres. (used in [tense] pf. sense) and [tense] pf., ἐ. δὲ φροῦδός ἐστι στρατός since the army is gone, S.Ant.15; ἐπείτε ὑπὸ τῷ Πέρσῃ εἰσί, πεπόνθασι τοιόνδε ever since they have been, now that they are.., Hdt.3.117.
    II with Subj., ἄν being always added in [dialect] Att. Prose, and ἄν or κε generally in Poetry: ἐπεί with ἄν becomes ἐπήν (so in Com., Ar.Lys. 1175,Av. 983), later ἐπάν (q.v.), [dialect] Ion.

    ἐπεάν Schwyzer 800

    (vi B.C.), Hdt.3.153, al.,

    ἐπήν Hp.Fract.6

    , al., and ἐπειδή with ἄν ἐπειδάν (q.v.); Hom. has ἐπεί κε, ἐπήν (once

    ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412

    ):
    1 referring to future time with [tense] fut. apodosis, τέκνα ἄξομεν.. ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν when we shall have taken the city, Il.4.238;

    ἐ. κ' ἀπὸ λαὸς ὄληται 11.764

    . cf. Od.17.23;

    ἐπεάν περ ἡμίονοι τέκωσι, τότε τὸ τεῖχος ἁλώσεσθαι Hdt.3.153

    ; ταῦτ', ἐπειδὰν περὶ τοῦ γένους εἴπω, τότ' ἐρῶ I will speak of this, when I have spoken.., D.57.16, cf. X.An.2.3.29;

    ἐ. ἂν σύ γε πότ μον ἐπίσπῃς Il.6.412

    ; χρὴ δέ, ὅταν μὲν τιθῆσθε τοὺς νόμους,.. σκοπεῖν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ θῆσθε, φυλάττειν whenever you are enacting your laws,.. and after you have enacted them.., D.21.34.
    2 of repeated action, with a [tense] pres. apodosis, whenever, when once,

    δαμνᾷ, ἐ. κε λίπῃ ὀστέα θυμός Od.11.221

    , cf. Il.9.409; ἐπειδὰν ἡ ἐκφορὰ ᾖ.. ἄγουσι whenever the burial takes place they bring, Th.2.34; ἐπειδὰν κρύψωσι γῇ.. λέγει when they have covered them with earth, ibid.: sts. without ἄν or κε in Poets,

    ἐ. ἂρ βλέφαρ' ἀμφικαλύψῃ Od.20.86

    ;

    ἐ. δὴ τόν γε δαμάσσεται.. ὀϊστός Il.11.478

    , cf. S.OC 1225 (lyr.), Ant. 1025.
    3 like A.1.2, δέκα ἡμερῶν ἐπειδὰν δόξῃ within ten days from the passing of the resolution, IG12.88.7.
    III with Opt. (without ἄν):
    1 referring to future time, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἔλθοι, ὁρᾶν οὐδ' ἂν ἓν δύνασθαι (sc. οὐκ οἴει); after he had come into the light.., Pl.R. 516a: Hom. sts. uses ἐπήν with opt. in same sense as ἐπεί, Il.24.227, Od.2.105 (codd.), etc.
    2 more freq. of repeated action, with a past apodosis,

    ἐ. ζεύξειεν.., δησάσκετο Il.24.14

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ δέ τι ἐμφάγοιεν, ἀνίσταντο X.An.4.5.9

    ;

    ἐ. πύθοιτο, ἐπῄνει Id.Cyr.5.3.55

    , cf. Th.8.38, Pl.Phd. 59d, Prt. 315b.
    3 in orat. obliq. after past tenses, representing a subj. in orat. rect., αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα (the direct form being ἐπὴν διαβῶ) X.An. 7.2.27, cf. 3.5.18, Cyr.1.4.21; after opt. in a final clause, ἐπορεύοντο,

    ὅπως ἐπειδὴ γένοιντο ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.. ἴοιεν Th.7.80

    .
    4 by assimilation to opt. in principal clause,

    ἦ τ' ἂν.. νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν.. ἐπὴν τεισαίμεθα λώβην Il.19.208

    ;

    ὃς τὸ καταβρόξειεν ἐπεὶ κρητῆρι μιγείη Od.4.222

    .
    5 ἐπειδάν c. opt. is f.l. in some passages of early authors, as X.Cyr.1.3.11, D.30.6 (c. ind., Plb.13.7.8): found in later Gr., Agath.2.5, al., Zos.5.18.10.
    IV with Inf., only in orat. obliq., ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι, κόπτεσθαι (sc. ἔφη) Pl.R. 619c, cf.Smp. 174d, Hdt.4.10, 7.150.
    V with other words:
    1 ἐ. τάχιστα as soon as, freq. separated by a word,

    ἐ. ἦλθε τάχιστα,.. ἀπέδοτο X.An.7.2.6

    ;

    ἐ. δὲ τάχιστα διέβη Id.Cyr.3.3.22

    ;

    ἐ. θᾶττον Arist.Pol. 1284a40

    ;

    ἐ. εὐθέως X.HG3.2.4

    ;

    ἐ... αὐτίκα Pi.N.1.35

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα Pl.Prt. 310c

    , D.27.16;

    ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα Hdt.8.144

    , X.An.3.1.9; rarely

    ἐπειδὴ θᾶττον D.37.41

    ;

    ἐπειδὰν θᾶττον Pl.Prt. 325c

    .
    b

    ἐ. τὰ πρῶτα Il.12.420

    ;

    ἐ. τὸ πρῶτον A.Ag. 1287

    .
    2 with emphatic Particles, ἐπεὶ ἄρα when then, in continuing a narrative, Il.6.426; ἐπεὶ οὖν when then, in resuming a narrative, 1.57, 3.4;

    ἐπεὶ ὦν Hdt.3.9

    ;

    ἐπεὶ γὰρ δή Id.9.90

    , etc.
    B CAUSAL ( ἐπεί more freq. in this sense in early Prose: ἐπειδή whereas is used in preambles of decrees, IG22.103, etc.;

    ἐπειδήπερ

    inasmuch as, Ev. Luc.

    1.1

    ), since, seeing that, freq. from Hom. downwards:
    1 with Ind. (after both present and past tenses),

    ἐ. οὐδὲ ἔοικε Il.1.119

    , cf. 153, 278, Pi.O.4.16, X.Mem.2.3.4;

    ἐπειδή Th.8.80

    ;

    ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐθέλεις Pl.Prt. 335c

    ;

    νίκη δ' ἐπείπερ ἕσπετ', ἐμπέδως μένοι A.Ag. 854

    ; freq. with past tenses with

    ἄν, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ' ἂν στόλον ἐπλεύσατ' ἄν S.Ph. 1037

    ;

    ἐπεὶ οὔ κεν ἀνιδρωτί γ' ἐτελέσθη Il.15.228

    , cf. D. 18.49; οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοντά γε εἷλέν μ'· ἐπεὶ οὐδ' ἂν ὧδ' ἔχοντ' (sc. εἷλεν) S.Ph. 948: esp. in the sense, for otherwise.., Pi.O.9.29, S.OT 433, X.Mem.2.7.14, Herod.2.72, etc.: so c. [tense] fut., ἐξέστω δὲ μηδενὶ.. τεθῆναι.., ἐ. ἀποδώσει.. otherwise he shall pay.., Rev.Et.Anc.4.261 (near Smyrna): c. imper., ἐ. δίδαξον for teach me, S.El. 352, OC 969, cf. OT 390, Ar.V.73, Pl.Grg. 473e: with an interrog., ἐ. πῶς ἂν καλέσειας; for how would you call him? Ar.Nu. 688, cf. Pi.P.7.5, A.Ch. 214, S. Tr. 139 (lyr.);

    ὦ Ἀλκιβιάδη, ἐπειδὴ περὶ τίνος Ἀθηναῖοι διανοοῦνται βουλεύεσθαι, ἀνίστασαι συμβουλεύσων; Pl.Alc.1.106c

    .
    2 c. Opt.,

    ἐ. ἂν μάλα τοι σχεδὸν ἔλθοι Il.9.304

    , cf. S.Aj. 916; so after past tenses on the principle of orat. obliq., ἐπείπερ ἡγήσαιντο since (as they said) they believed, X.Mem.1.4.19.
    3 c. Inf. in orat. obliq.,

    ἐ. γιγνώσκειν γε αὐτά Pl.Prt. 353a

    , cf. Hdt.8.111, Th.2.93.
    4 in elliptical expressions, ἀδύνατός [εἰμι], ἐ. ἐβουλόμην ἂν οἷός τ' εἶναι I am unable (and yet I am sorry), for I should like to have the power, Pl.Prt. 335c; so εἶμι· ἐ. καὶ ταῦτ' ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀηδῶς σου ἤκουον ibid. (here the sense may be given by and yet, although, cf. ib. 333c, 317a, Ap. 19e, Smp. 187a, Arist.EN 1121a19); ἐ. ὅ γε ἀποθανὼν πελάτης τις ἦν ἐμός and yet (moreover) the murdered man was my own hired man, Pl. Euthphr.4c.
    b sts. after a voc., where 'listen' may be supplied,

    Ἕκτορ, ἐ. με κατ' αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας Il.3.59

    , cf. 13.68, Od.3.103, 211.
    5 with other Particles, ἐ. ἄρα, ἐ. ἂρ δή since then, Od.17.185; ἐ. γε (

    ἐπεί.. γε Il.1.352

    , Hes. Th. 171), more emphatic than ἐ., since indeed, E.Cyc. 181, Hipp. 955; ἐπειδή γε ib. 946, Pl.Phd. 77d, D.54.29; sts. separated,

    ἐπειδή.. γε S.El. 631

    , Pl.Phd. 87c;

    ἐ. γε δή Hdt.3.9

    , S.Ant. 923,

    ἐπειδή γε καί Th.6.18

    ; ἐ. ἦ since in truth,

    ἐ. ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστι Il.1.169

    , cf. 156, Od.9.276; ἐπείπερ (

    ἐ... περ Il.13.447

    , Od.20.181) in Trag. and Prose, A.Ag. 822, S.OC75, Pl.Phd. 114d; ἐπειδήπερ in Com. and Prose, Ar.Ach. 437, 495, Nu. 1412, Th.6.18, Pl.R. 350e; ἐ. τοι since surely, S.OC 433;

    ἐ. νύ τοι Il.1.416

    ;

    ἐ. τοι καί E. Med. 677

    , Pl.R. 567e. [ἐ. sts. begins a verse in Hom., Il.22.379, Od. 4.13, 8.452, 21.25; sts. coalesces by synizesis with οὐ, οὐδέ, etc., S. Ph. 446, 948, etc.]

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπεί

  • 6 abigarrado

    adj.
    1 multicolored, parti-colored, parti-coloured, particolored.
    2 motley.
    3 confused, tangled.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: abigarrar.
    * * *
    1 (multicolor) multicoloured (US multicolored), many-coloured (US many-colored)
    2 (mezclado) jumbled, mixed
    un discurso abigarrado a disjointed speech, a hotch-potch of a speech
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=de diversos colores) multi-coloured, multi-colored (EEUU); [animal] piebald, brindled; [escena] vivid, colourful, colorful (EEUU)
    2) (=heterogéneo, variopinto) motley
    3) [habla] disjointed, uneven
    * * *
    - da adjetivo ( multicolor) multicolored*, rainbow-colored*; (mezclado, heterogéneo) motley
    * * *
    = clotted, heterogeneous [heterogenous], variegated.
    Ex. Although he occasionally lapses into a sort of clotted prose, his book is a valuable study of McLuhan's cultural and geographical context.
    Ex. Intradisciplinary citation analysis reveals that subdisciplines of anthropology seem to be quite heterogenous and mutually isolated from one another.
    Ex. The authors acknowledge that their model reduces the variegated nature of religion in this context to a homogeneous structure.
    * * *
    - da adjetivo ( multicolor) multicolored*, rainbow-colored*; (mezclado, heterogéneo) motley
    * * *
    = clotted, heterogeneous [heterogenous], variegated.

    Ex: Although he occasionally lapses into a sort of clotted prose, his book is a valuable study of McLuhan's cultural and geographical context.

    Ex: Intradisciplinary citation analysis reveals that subdisciplines of anthropology seem to be quite heterogenous and mutually isolated from one another.
    Ex: The authors acknowledge that their model reduces the variegated nature of religion in this context to a homogeneous structure.

    * * *
    1 (multicolor) multicolored*, rainbow-colored*
    el balcón se abría sobre la abigarrada perspectiva portuaria the balcony looked out onto the colorful scene of the port below
    2 (mezclado, heterogéneo) motley
    * * *

    Del verbo abigarrar: ( conjugate abigarrar)

    abigarrado es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    abigarrado    
    abigarrar
    abigarrado,-a adjetivo
    1 (mezclado, heterogéneo) mixed
    2 (multicolor) multicoloured
    abigarrar verbo transitivo to paint in a variety of colours
    ' abigarrado' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abigarrada
    English:
    motley
    - variegated
    * * *
    abigarrado, -a adj
    1. [mezclado]
    la habitación está abigarrada the room is a real jumble of different things
    2. [multicolor] multicoloured
    * * *
    adj multicolored, Br
    multicoloured
    * * *
    abigarrado, -da adj
    : multicolored, variegated

    Spanish-English dictionary > abigarrado

  • 7 una gran cantidad de

    = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of
    Ex. There is a good deal of scope for users and novice cataloguers to find difficulty in identifying the appropriate heading for many of the works which are the responsibility of corporate bodies.
    Ex. As earlier sections amply demonstrate, there is a great deal of choice with regards to data bases.
    Ex. The floor is carpeted, thus providing a large degree of acoustic absorption and a unifying and dominant colour pattern through the library.
    Ex. Flaws are emphasized and frequent comparisons made with similar tools, but these are often buried in a mass of minutiae.
    Ex. A good thesaurus is not necessarily one that has been published with a plethora of effective relationship displays.
    Ex. If your library has decided to operate this way, there will be a supply of preprinted labels at the circulation desk.
    Ex. This 15 page report has a vast amount of valuable information between its covers derived from a variety of sources.
    Ex. This article outlines the preparatory stages and describes some of the problems presented by the physical conditions in a city of tents either drenched by rain or smothered by dust = Este artículo esboza las etapas preparatorias y describe algunos de los problemas que presentan las condiciones físicas de una gran cantidad de tiendas de campaña empapadas por la lluvia o cubiertas por el polvo.
    Ex. Such reports often make available a wealth of factual and statistical information which is not published elsewhere in such detail.
    Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex. Managers, overwhelmed by a cascade of documents, tend to turn away from print.
    Ex. The UK government will need to mobilize an 'army' of 30,000 civil servants to solve the Year 2000 problem.
    Ex. A good many heavily gilt retailers' bindings (such as the small English devotional books that were sold in large numbers from the 1560s until the later seventeenth century) were indeed intended to look expensive while really being cheaply executed.
    Ex. A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.
    Ex. Environmental organization receive a great number of public enquiries by phone and letter.
    Ex. In the midst of an industrialized and bureaucratized society made up of multitudes of people we live separate lives = En medio de una sociedad industrializada y burocratizada compuesta de una gran cantidad de gente, vivimos vidas distintas.
    Ex. Popular authors receive scores, in some cases hundreds, of letters a year from their young readers and every correspondent, I am quite sure, wants a reply.
    Ex. There is a host of legislative, political, financial, consumer, and other reports of individuals and corporate bodies.
    Ex. Basically, the book deals with a vast corpus of oral tradition, including both prose and poetic texts.
    Ex. If you want to buy a spit roaster beware; a whole host of illegal spit roasters are now on the market in the UK.
    * * *
    = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of

    Ex: There is a good deal of scope for users and novice cataloguers to find difficulty in identifying the appropriate heading for many of the works which are the responsibility of corporate bodies.

    Ex: As earlier sections amply demonstrate, there is a great deal of choice with regards to data bases.
    Ex: The floor is carpeted, thus providing a large degree of acoustic absorption and a unifying and dominant colour pattern through the library.
    Ex: Flaws are emphasized and frequent comparisons made with similar tools, but these are often buried in a mass of minutiae.
    Ex: A good thesaurus is not necessarily one that has been published with a plethora of effective relationship displays.
    Ex: If your library has decided to operate this way, there will be a supply of preprinted labels at the circulation desk.
    Ex: This 15 page report has a vast amount of valuable information between its covers derived from a variety of sources.
    Ex: This article outlines the preparatory stages and describes some of the problems presented by the physical conditions in a city of tents either drenched by rain or smothered by dust = Este artículo esboza las etapas preparatorias y describe algunos de los problemas que presentan las condiciones físicas de una gran cantidad de tiendas de campaña empapadas por la lluvia o cubiertas por el polvo.
    Ex: Such reports often make available a wealth of factual and statistical information which is not published elsewhere in such detail.
    Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex: Managers, overwhelmed by a cascade of documents, tend to turn away from print.
    Ex: The UK government will need to mobilize an 'army' of 30,000 civil servants to solve the Year 2000 problem.
    Ex: A good many heavily gilt retailers' bindings (such as the small English devotional books that were sold in large numbers from the 1560s until the later seventeenth century) were indeed intended to look expensive while really being cheaply executed.
    Ex: A user searching for Smith's 'History as Argument' who was not sure under which subject it would be entered, would have to prowl through a huge number of cards in a card catalog to find the entry under SMITH.
    Ex: Environmental organization receive a great number of public enquiries by phone and letter.
    Ex: In the midst of an industrialized and bureaucratized society made up of multitudes of people we live separate lives = En medio de una sociedad industrializada y burocratizada compuesta de una gran cantidad de gente, vivimos vidas distintas.
    Ex: Popular authors receive scores, in some cases hundreds, of letters a year from their young readers and every correspondent, I am quite sure, wants a reply.
    Ex: There is a host of legislative, political, financial, consumer, and other reports of individuals and corporate bodies.
    Ex: Basically, the book deals with a vast corpus of oral tradition, including both prose and poetic texts.
    Ex: If you want to buy a spit roaster beware; a whole host of illegal spit roasters are now on the market in the UK.

    Spanish-English dictionary > una gran cantidad de

  • 8 aecus

    aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
    I.
    A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;

    syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,

    level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:

    aequus et planus locus,

    Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:

    in aequum locum se demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:

    in aequum locum deducere,

    Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:

    sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,

    i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:

    meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,

    from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:

    facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,

    Liv. 5, 38:

    ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in aequum digredi,

    id. ib. 18:

    in aequo obstare,

    id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:

    dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,

    up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
    B.
    Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
    1.
    Of place:

    locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,

    Nep. Milt. 5, 4:

    non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,

    Tac. A. 1, 68. —
    2.
    Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:

    et tempore et loco aequo,

    Liv. 26, 3:

    tempore aequo,

    Suet. Caes. 35.—
    3.
    In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34:

    nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:

    meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,

    id. Fam. 7, 33:

    oculis aspicere aequis,

    Verg. A. 4, 372:

    O dominum aequum et bonum,

    Suet. Aug. 53:

    boni et aequi et faciles domini,

    id. Tib. 29.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
    (γ).
    With in and acc.:

    quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,

    Cic. Quint. 14.—
    (δ).
    With in and abl.:

    victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,

    Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
    4.
    aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:

    ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,

    both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:

    aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,

    Liv. 5, 45.
    II.
    That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:

    aequo censu censeri,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:

    partīs,

    Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:

    aequa erit mensura sagorum,

    ib. Exod. 26, 8:

    pondera,

    ib. Lev. 19, 36:

    portio,

    ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:

    aequa dementia,

    Lucr. 1, 705 al.:

    aequā manu discedere,

    to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,

    aequo Marte pugnare,

    with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:

    urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,

    Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:

    aequum vulnus utrique tulit,

    id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:

    aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,

    Verg. A. 2, 724:

    pars aequa mundi,

    Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:

    utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:

    non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,

    Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
    1.
    Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:

    dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,

    Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:

    adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,

    Tac. G. 36 fin.
    2.
    In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:

    qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,

    Sen. Phoen. 98:

    ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,

    id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:

    in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,

    Liv. 39, 50 fin.
    B.
    Morally.
    1.
    Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:

    praetor aequus et sapiens,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:

    aequissimus aestimator et judex,

    id. Fin. 3, 2:

    praebere se aequum alicui,

    id. Fam. 2, 1:

    absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,

    benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
    2.
    Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):

    aequa et honesta postulatio,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:

    quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,

    just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:

    postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2:

    aequa lex et omnibus utilis,

    id. Balb. 27:

    aequissimis legibus monere,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:

    aequae conditiones,

    Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
    3.
    ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:

    aequi studium,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:

    lamentari amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 966:

    injurias gravius aequo habere,

    to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:

    potus largius aequo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):

    quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:

    significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,

    Lucr. 5, 1023:

    non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,

    Vulg. Act. 6, 2:

    aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:

    ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,

    sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:

    plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,

    would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
    4.
    Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:

    neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,

    what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:

    cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,

    Cic. Brut. 38:

    ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,

    id. Caecin. 23:

    fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,

    in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:

    illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,

    Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
    C.
    Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);

    esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:

    concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:

    quodadest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:

    tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;

    and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,

    id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:

    carere aequo animo aliquā re,

    id. Brut. 6:

    ferre aliquid,

    Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:

    accipere,

    Sall. C. 3, 2:

    tolerare,

    id. J. 31:

    quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,

    id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:

    aequo animo esto,

    be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:

    aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,

    ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:

    istuc aequi bonique facio,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:

    aequi istuc faciam,

    it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:

    aequi bonique dicere,

    to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):

    eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,

    Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
    1.
    In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
    (α).
    Aeque—cum:

    animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
    (β).
    Aeque with comp. abl.:

    nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,

    as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:

    qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
    (γ).
    Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;

    Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:

    quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
    (δ).
    Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:

    nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,

    Cic. Lael. 6, 22:

    sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,

    id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
    (ε).
    Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;

    neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),

    as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;

    nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,

    id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:

    nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,

    Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;

    in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,

    Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
    (ζ).
    Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:

    idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,

    Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
    (η).
    Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:

    aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,

    Tac. Agr. 15.—
    2.
    The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):

    satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:

    aeque sons,

    Liv. 29, 19, 2;

    so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,

    it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
    3.
    With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:

    non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:

    etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),

    id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:

    aeque ambo pares,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:

    duae trabes aeque longae,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
    4.
    Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:

    Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
    5.
    In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
    B.
    Justly, with equity:

    mihi id aeque factum arbitror,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:

    aequissime jus dicere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:

    judicas ut qui aequissime,

    Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
    An old adverb.
    form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aecus

  • 9 aequum

    aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
    I.
    A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;

    syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,

    level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:

    aequus et planus locus,

    Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:

    in aequum locum se demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:

    in aequum locum deducere,

    Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:

    sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,

    i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:

    meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,

    from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:

    facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,

    Liv. 5, 38:

    ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in aequum digredi,

    id. ib. 18:

    in aequo obstare,

    id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:

    dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,

    up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
    B.
    Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
    1.
    Of place:

    locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,

    Nep. Milt. 5, 4:

    non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,

    Tac. A. 1, 68. —
    2.
    Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:

    et tempore et loco aequo,

    Liv. 26, 3:

    tempore aequo,

    Suet. Caes. 35.—
    3.
    In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34:

    nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:

    meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,

    id. Fam. 7, 33:

    oculis aspicere aequis,

    Verg. A. 4, 372:

    O dominum aequum et bonum,

    Suet. Aug. 53:

    boni et aequi et faciles domini,

    id. Tib. 29.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
    (γ).
    With in and acc.:

    quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,

    Cic. Quint. 14.—
    (δ).
    With in and abl.:

    victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,

    Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
    4.
    aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:

    ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,

    both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:

    aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,

    Liv. 5, 45.
    II.
    That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:

    aequo censu censeri,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:

    partīs,

    Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:

    aequa erit mensura sagorum,

    ib. Exod. 26, 8:

    pondera,

    ib. Lev. 19, 36:

    portio,

    ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:

    aequa dementia,

    Lucr. 1, 705 al.:

    aequā manu discedere,

    to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,

    aequo Marte pugnare,

    with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:

    urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,

    Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:

    aequum vulnus utrique tulit,

    id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:

    aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,

    Verg. A. 2, 724:

    pars aequa mundi,

    Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:

    utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:

    non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,

    Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
    1.
    Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:

    dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,

    Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:

    adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,

    Tac. G. 36 fin.
    2.
    In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:

    qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,

    Sen. Phoen. 98:

    ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,

    id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:

    in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,

    Liv. 39, 50 fin.
    B.
    Morally.
    1.
    Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:

    praetor aequus et sapiens,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:

    aequissimus aestimator et judex,

    id. Fin. 3, 2:

    praebere se aequum alicui,

    id. Fam. 2, 1:

    absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,

    benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
    2.
    Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):

    aequa et honesta postulatio,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:

    quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,

    just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:

    postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2:

    aequa lex et omnibus utilis,

    id. Balb. 27:

    aequissimis legibus monere,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:

    aequae conditiones,

    Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
    3.
    ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:

    aequi studium,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:

    lamentari amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 966:

    injurias gravius aequo habere,

    to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:

    potus largius aequo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):

    quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:

    significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,

    Lucr. 5, 1023:

    non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,

    Vulg. Act. 6, 2:

    aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:

    ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,

    sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:

    plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,

    would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
    4.
    Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:

    neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,

    what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:

    cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,

    Cic. Brut. 38:

    ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,

    id. Caecin. 23:

    fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,

    in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:

    illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,

    Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
    C.
    Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);

    esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:

    concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:

    quodadest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:

    tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;

    and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,

    id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:

    carere aequo animo aliquā re,

    id. Brut. 6:

    ferre aliquid,

    Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:

    accipere,

    Sall. C. 3, 2:

    tolerare,

    id. J. 31:

    quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,

    id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:

    aequo animo esto,

    be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:

    aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,

    ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:

    istuc aequi bonique facio,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:

    aequi istuc faciam,

    it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:

    aequi bonique dicere,

    to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):

    eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,

    Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
    1.
    In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
    (α).
    Aeque—cum:

    animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
    (β).
    Aeque with comp. abl.:

    nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,

    as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:

    qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
    (γ).
    Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;

    Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:

    quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
    (δ).
    Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:

    nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,

    Cic. Lael. 6, 22:

    sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,

    id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
    (ε).
    Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;

    neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),

    as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;

    nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,

    id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:

    nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,

    Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;

    in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,

    Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
    (ζ).
    Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:

    idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,

    Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
    (η).
    Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:

    aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,

    Tac. Agr. 15.—
    2.
    The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):

    satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:

    aeque sons,

    Liv. 29, 19, 2;

    so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,

    it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
    3.
    With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:

    non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:

    etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),

    id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:

    aeque ambo pares,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:

    duae trabes aeque longae,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
    4.
    Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:

    Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
    5.
    In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
    B.
    Justly, with equity:

    mihi id aeque factum arbitror,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:

    aequissime jus dicere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:

    judicas ut qui aequissime,

    Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
    An old adverb.
    form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequum

  • 10 aequus

    aequus ( aecus, Pac. 32 Rib.; Lucr. 5, 1023 Lachm. and Munro; AIQVOS, S. C. de Bacch. 1. 26), a, um, adj. [formerly referred to EIKÔ, eoika, but Pott connects it with Sanscr. ēka = one, as if properly, one and uniform; others consider it as akin to aemulor, q. v.].
    I.
    A.. Of place, that extends or lies in a horizontal direction, plain, even, level, flat (esp. freq. in the strategic descriptions of the histt.;

    syn.: planus, aequalis, aequabilis, par, similis, justus): locus ad libellam aequus,

    level, Varr. R. R. 1, 6 fin.:

    aequus et planus locus,

    Cic. Caec. 17 fin.:

    in aequum locum se demittere,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 28: legio, quae paulo aequiore loco constiterat, id. ib. 7, 51:

    in aequum locum deducere,

    Sall. J. 42 (cf. in Gr. eis to isoW katabainein, Xen. Anab. 4, 6, 18).— Trop.:

    sive loquitur ex inferiore loco sive aequo sive ex superiore,

    i. e. before the judges, sitting on raised seats, or in the Senate, or in the assembly of the people from the rostra, Cic. de Or. 3, 6, 23:

    meos multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos cum tuā summā laude,

    from the tribune, and on private matters, id. Fam. 3, 8.—In the histt., sometimes subst.: aequum, i, n., with a gen., level ground, a plain:

    facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore,

    Liv. 5, 38:

    ut primum agmen aequo, ceteri per acclive jugum insurgerent,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in aequum digredi,

    id. ib. 18:

    in aequo obstare,

    id. ib. 36; id. H. 4, 23.—Also, an eminence, if it rises without inequalities:

    dum Romanae cohortes in aequum eniterentur,

    up the slope, Tac. A. 2, 80.—As a level place is more favorable for military operations than an uneven one, aequus has the signif.,
    B.
    Favorable, convenient, advantageous (as its opp., iniquus, uneven, has that of unfavorable, etc.).
    1.
    Of place:

    locum se aequum ad dimicandum dedisse,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73:

    etsi non aequum locum videbat suis,

    Nep. Milt. 5, 4:

    non hic silvas nec paludes, sed aequis locis aequos deos,

    Tac. A. 1, 68. —
    2.
    Of time: judicium aequiore tempore fieri oportere, more propitious, Cic. Corn. Fragm. ap. Ascon. p. 72:

    et tempore et loco aequo,

    Liv. 26, 3:

    tempore aequo,

    Suet. Caes. 35.—
    3.
    In gen., of persons or things (freq. and class.), favorable, kind, friendly, benevolent, etc.; constr. absol. with dat., or in and acc. (in poets in with abl.).
    (α).
    Absol.:

    consequeris, ut eos ipsos, quos contra statuas, aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34:

    nobilitate inimica, non aequo senatu,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3 med.:

    meis aequissimis utuntur auribus,

    id. Fam. 7, 33:

    oculis aspicere aequis,

    Verg. A. 4, 372:

    O dominum aequum et bonum,

    Suet. Aug. 53:

    boni et aequi et faciles domini,

    id. Tib. 29.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aequa Venus Teucris, Pallas iniqua fuit,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 2, 6; id. A. A. 2, 310.—
    (γ).
    With in and acc.:

    quis hoc statuit, quod aequum sit in Quintium, id iniquum esse in Maevium,

    Cic. Quint. 14.—
    (δ).
    With in and abl.:

    victor erat quamvis, aequus in hoste fuit,

    Prop. 4, 18, 28.—Hence,
    4.
    aequus, i, m. subst., a friend:

    ego ut me tibi amicissimum esse et aequi et iniqui intellegant, curabo,

    both friends and enemies, Cic. Fam. 3, 6 fin.:

    aequis iniquisque persuasum erat,

    Liv. 5, 45.
    II.
    That is equal to another in any quality, equal, like; and of things divided into two equal parts, a half:

    aequo censu censeri,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 92:

    partīs,

    Lucr. 3, 125; so Aur. Vict. Orig. 19, 1; and Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 24:

    aequa erit mensura sagorum,

    ib. Exod. 26, 8:

    pondera,

    ib. Lev. 19, 36:

    portio,

    ib. 2 Mach. 8, 30:

    aequa dementia,

    Lucr. 1, 705 al.:

    aequā manu discedere,

    to come off with equal advantage, Sall. C. 39; so,

    aequo Marte pugnare,

    with equal success, Liv. 2, 6; Curt. 4, 15, 29; Flor. 4, 2, 48 al.:

    urbs erat in summo nubibus aequa jugo,

    Ov. P. 4, 7, 24:

    aequum vulnus utrique tulit,

    id. M. 9, 719 (cf. id. ib. 7, 803:

    aequales urebant pectora flammae): sequiturque patrem non passibus aequis,

    Verg. A. 2, 724:

    pars aequa mundi,

    Plin. 2, 19, 17, § 81:

    utinam esset mihi pars aequa amoris tecum, i. e. aeque vicissim amaremus,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 12:

    non tertiam portionem, verum aequam,

    Plin. 3, 1, 1, § 5 al. —Hence the adverbial phrases,
    1.
    Ex aequo, in like manner, in an equal degree, equally ( = ex isou, Hdt., Dem.), Lucr. 1, 854:

    dixit et ex aequo donis formaque probata, etc.,

    Ov. H. 16, 87; 20, 123; id. Am. 1, 10, 33; id. A. A. 2, 682; id. M. 3, 145; 4, 62; Liv. 36, 37:

    adversarum rerum ex aequo socii sunt (Fosi Cheruscis), cum in secundis minores fuissent,

    Tac. G. 36 fin.
    2.
    In aequo esse or stare, to be equal:

    qui cogit mori nolentem, in aequo est, quique properantem impedit,

    Sen. Phoen. 98:

    ut naturam oderint, quod infra deos sumus, quod non in aequo illis stetimus,

    id. Ben. 2, 29: in aequo ponere aliquem alicui, to make equal, to put on an equality, to compare:

    in aequo eum (Philopoemenem) summis imperatoribus posuerunt,

    Liv. 39, 50 fin.
    B.
    Morally.
    1.
    Of persons, fair, equitable, impartial in conduct toward others (diff. from justus, just; v. aequitas, II.); constr. absol., with dat.; more rarely with gen.:

    praetor aequus et sapiens,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 65; 2, 5, 59:

    aequissimus aestimator et judex,

    id. Fin. 3, 2:

    praebere se aequum alicui,

    id. Fam. 2, 1:

    absentium aequi, praesentibus mobiles,

    benevolent toward, Tac. A. 6, 36.—
    2.
    Of things, fair, right, equitable, reasonable: ITA. SENATVS. AIQVOM. CENSVIT., S. C. de Bach. 1. 26: et aecum et rectum est, Pac. ap. Non. 261, 13 (Trag. Rel. p. 81 Rib.):

    aequa et honesta postulatio,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 2:

    quod justum est et aequum, servis praestate,

    just and fair, Vulg. Col. 4, 1:

    postulo primum id, quod aequissimum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 2:

    aequa lex et omnibus utilis,

    id. Balb. 27:

    aequissimis legibus monere,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 5:

    aequae conditiones,

    Vell. 2, 25; see Fischer, Gr. II. 611.—Hence,
    3.
    ae-quum, i, n. subst., what is fair, equitable, or just; fairness, equity, or justice, etc.: jus atque aequum, Enn. ap. Non. p. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    utilitas justi prope mater et aequi,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 98:

    aequi studium,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 6.—Often with comparatives, more than is right, proper, reasonable:

    lamentari amplius aequo,

    Lucr. 3, 966:

    injurias gravius aequo habere,

    to feel too deeply, Sall. C. 50:

    potus largius aequo,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 215.—Hence, aequum est, it is reasonable, proper, right, etc.; constr. with acc. and inf., in good prose also with dat. pers. and ut, Rudd. II. p. 235, n. 21: nos quiescere aequom est, Enn. ap. Diom. p. 382 P. (Trag. v. 199 Vahl.):

    quae liberum scire aequom est adulescentem,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 25:

    significant Imbecillorum esse aecum misererier omnīs,

    Lucr. 5, 1023:

    non est aequum nos derelinquere verbum Dei,

    Vulg. Act. 6, 2:

    aequius est mori quam auctoritatem imperii foedare,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 12, 7:

    ut peritis? Ut piscatorem aequomst (sc. perire), fame sitique speque,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 7; so,

    sicut aequum est homini de potestate deorum timide et pauca dicamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 16, 47.—In Plaut., with abl.:

    plus vidissem quam med atque illo aequom foret,

    would be becoming in me and him, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 84; id. Rud. prol. 47.—
    4.
    Aequum as subst. very freq. with bonum = aequitas, equitable conduct toward others, fairness, equity, etc.:

    neque quidquam queo aequi bonique ab eo impetrare,

    what is right and just, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 65:

    cum de jure civili, cum de aequo et bono disputaretur,

    Cic. Brut. 38:

    ex aequo et bono, non ex callido versutoque jure rem judicari oportere,

    id. Caecin. 23:

    fit reus magis ex aequo bonoque quam ex jure gentium,

    in accordance with justice and equity, Sall. J. 35.— Also without et:

    illi dolum malum, illi fidem bonam, illi aequum bonum tradiderunt,

    Cic. Top. 17.—So also, aequius melius, according to greater equily, Cic. Off. 3, 15; id. Top. 17.—
    C.
    Of a state of mind, even, unruffled, calm, composed, tranquil, patient, enduring (cf. aequitas, II. B.);

    esp. freq. with animus or mens: animus aequos optumum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71:

    concedo et quod animus aequus est et quia necesse est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50:

    quodadest memento Componere aequus,

    Hor. C. 3, 29, 32:

    tentantem majora, fere praesentibus aequum,

    id. Ep. 1, 17, 24;

    and so, aequam memento rebus in arduis Servare mentem, etc.,

    id. C. 2, 3, 1.—Esp. freq. in the adv. abl.: aequo (aequiore, aequissimo) animo, with even mind, with equanimity, patiently, calmly, quietly, with forbearance: ego, nisi Bibulus adniteretur de triumpho, aequo animo essem, nunc vero aischron siôpan, Cic. Att. 6, 8:

    carere aequo animo aliquā re,

    id. Brut. 6:

    ferre aliquid,

    Nep. Dion. 6, 7; Aur. Vict. Orig. 6, 3:

    accipere,

    Sall. C. 3, 2:

    tolerare,

    id. J. 31:

    quo aequiore animo Germanicus celerem successionem operiretur,

    Suet. Tib. 25:

    testem se in judiciis interrogari aequissimo animo patiebatur,

    id. Aug. 56.—In eccl. Lat. = bono animo:

    aequo animo esto,

    be of good cheer, Vulg. 3 Reg. 21, 7:

    aequo animo (aliquis) est? Psallat,

    ib. Jacob. 5, 13.—Hence: aequi bonique facere aliquid, to regard as fair and reasonable (prop., a gen. of value, Roby, § 1191), to put up with, be content with, submit to, acquiesce in, etc.:

    istuc aequi bonique facio,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40: tranquillissimus animus meus totum istuc aequi boni [p. 59] facit, Cic. Att. 7, 7; Liv. 34, 22 fin.:

    aequi istuc faciam,

    it will be all the same to me, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 189.—So also:

    aequi bonique dicere,

    to propose any thing reasonable, Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32.—Hence, aequē, adv., in like manner, equally, just as = ex aequo, pariter, Gr. isôs, omoiôs (indicating the entire equality of two objects compared, while similiter denotes only likeness):

    eā (benevolentiā) non pariter omnes egemus... honore et gloriā fortasse non aeque omnes egent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 8, 30:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    universa aeque eveniunt justo et impio,

    Vulg. Eccl. 9, 2.
    1.
    In the comic poets with cum or the comp. abl. (cf. adaeque); in Cic. and good class. authors gen. with et, atque, ac, ac si; less class. with quam, ut, quam ut; in Petr. with tamquam.
    (α).
    Aeque—cum:

    animum advorte, ut aeque mecum haec scias,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 66, id. Poen. prol. 47: novi aeque omnia tecum, Ter Phorm. 5, 9, 43. But in Plaut. As. 4, 1, 26, tecum una postea aeque pocla potitet, una belongs with tecum to potitet, and aeque is put absol. (sc. ut tu).—
    (β).
    Aeque with comp. abl.:

    nullus est hoc meticulosus aeque,

    as this person, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 137:

    qui me in terrā aeque fortunatus erit,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 51.—
    (γ).
    Aeque—et or aeque— que (as in Gr. ison kai, isa kai, Soph. Oed. Tyr. 611;

    Thuc. 3, 14). nisi aeque amicos et nosmet ipsos diligamus,

    equally as ourselves, Cic. Fin. 1, 20, 67. versūs aeque prima et media et extrema pars attenditur, id. de Or. 3, 50, 192; id. Rosc. Com. 1, 2; so id. Mur. 13, 28; id. Clu. 69, 195, id. Tusc. 2, 26, 62 al.:

    quod Aeque neglectum pueris senibusque nocebit,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 26.—
    (δ).
    Aeque—atque, —ac, —ac si, as... as; as much as, as: vide ne, quem tu esse hebetem deputes aeque ac pecus, is, etc., Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45: pumex non aeque aridus atque hic est senex, Plaut Aul. 2, 4, 18; Ter. Phorm 1, 2, 43; Varr. R. R. 3, 8, 2:

    nisi haberes, qui illis aeque ac tu ipse gauderet,

    Cic. Lael. 6, 22:

    sed me colit et observat aeque atque patronum suum,

    id. Fam. 13, 69; 2, 2; so id. Brut. 71, 248; id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; Cels. 6, 15; Tac. H. 4, 5; Suet. Caes. 12 al.: aeque ac si. with the subj., just as if. altogether as if:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 43, 3; Auct Her 2, 13, 19: quo factum est, ut jumenta aeque nitida ex castellis educeret ac si in campestribus ea locis habuisset, Nep Eum. 5. 6; Liv. 10, 7, 4; 44, 22, 5 al.—
    (ε).
    Aeque— quam (only in Plaut. and prose writers from the Aug. per.;

    neither in Cic. nor in Cæs.),

    as... as, in the same manner as, as well... as, like, Plaut. Mil. 2, 5, 55;

    nullum esse agrum aeque feracem quam hic est,

    id. Epid. 2, 3, 1:

    nihil aeque eos terruit quam robur et color imperatoris,

    Liv. 28, 26, 14, 5, 6, 11; so 5, 3, 4; 31, 1, 3;

    in navibus posita aeque quam in aedificiis,

    Plin. 2, 81, 83, § 196; so 2, 70, 72, § 180; Tac. A. 14, 38; id. H. 2, 10; 4, 52; Suet. Aug. 64, 89; id. Galb. 4 al.—
    (ζ).
    Aeque—ut, a rare combination, and unworthy of imitation (in authors of the class. per. its reception rests, for the most part, upon false readings for aeque et or aeque ac), as much as, like, cui nihil aeque in causis agendis ut brevitas placet, Plin. Ep. 1, 20, 1 Keil. accinctus aeque ut discinctus, Vulg. 3 Reg. 20, 11. Possidebitis eam (terram) singuli aeque ut frater suus, ib. Ezech. 47, 14:

    idemque proficeret aeque ut rosaceum,

    Plin. 23, 4, 45, § 89, where Jan reads proficeret quod rosaceum. —In Plaut. once aeque—quasi for the class. aeque ac. quem videam aeque esse maestum quasi dies si dicta sit, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 11 Fleck.—
    (η).
    Sometimes aeque—aeque, as well as, as much as. aeque pauperibus prodest, locupletibus aeque, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 25:

    aeque discordiam praepositorum, aeque concordiam subjectis exitiosam,

    Tac. Agr. 15.—
    2.
    The comparison is often to be supplied from the whole sentence or context; hence, aeque stands absol. for aeque ac, etc. (ante-class. freq.; also in Cic. and Liv.), equally, as much as, as: eadem oratio non aeque valet, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4 (from Eurip. Hec. 295: logos... ou tauton sthenei):

    satin habes, si feminarum nullast quam aeque diligam?

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11: Aetna mons non aeque altus, id. Mil. 4, 2, 73; 4, 7, 10; id. Most. 1, 3, 85, etc.; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 32; Cic. Fam. 4, 6, 1; so id. ib. 5, 21; id. Fin. 4, 33, 62:

    aeque sons,

    Liv. 29, 19, 2;

    so 29, 19, 4 al.: aeque non est dubium,

    it is as little doubtful, Plin. 2, 15, 13, § 68.—
    3.
    With omnes, uterque, and definite numerals, to indicate that a thing applies equally to all the objects designated, equally:

    non omnia eadem aeque omnibus suavia esse scito,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 51; Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 2; so Cic. Off. 2, 8, 31; id. Fin. 4, 27, 75 al.:

    etsi utrique nostrum prope aeque gratae erant (litterae),

    id. Fam. 13, 18; so id. Quint. 28, 86; Verg. G. 3, 118; Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 33; id. Fast. 1, 226:

    aeque ambo pares,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 60:

    duae trabes aeque longae,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 10; Suet. Aug. 101. —
    4.
    Sometimes absol., with several substantives, alike, equally:

    Tragici et comici Numquam aeque sunt meditati,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 4. imperium bonus ignavus aeque sibi exoptant, Sall. C. 11.—
    5.
    In Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42, nec est mihi quisquam, melius aeque cui velim, melius velle is, perhaps, to be taken together as a phrase, and the comp. considered as used in a restricted sense, as in melius est. Others consider the comp. as used for the simple positive; cf. adaeque.—
    B.
    Justly, with equity:

    mihi id aeque factum arbitror,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 22 dub. (Ritschl: jureque id factum arbitror).— Comp.: ferro quam fame aequius perituros, more willingly, Sall. H. Fragm.— Sup.:

    aequissime jus dicere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 11, 2:

    judicas ut qui aequissime,

    Sid. 15, Ep. 11.
    An old adverb.
    form, aequĭter, also occurs: praeda per participes aequiter partita est, Liv. Andr. ap. Non. 512, 31; so Pac. ib., Att. ib., and Plaut. acc. to Prisc. 1010 P.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aequus

  • 11 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 12 ἔχω

    ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.
    A

    ἔχῃσθα Il.19.180

    : [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep.

    ἔχον Od.2.22

    , al., [dialect] Ion. and poet.

    ἔχεσκον Il.13.257

    , Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf.

    ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27

    (of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg.

    σχήσησθα h.Cer. 366

    codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, also

    ἔσχα IG3.1363.6

    , 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper.

    σχές S.El. 1013

    , E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as

    πάρασχε E.Hec. 842

    ,

    κάτασχε Id.HF 1210

    ); subj.

    σχῶ Il.21.309

    , etc.; opt.

    σχοίην Isoc. 1.45

    , in compds. σχοῖμι (as

    μετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484

    (lyr.),

    κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11

    ); [ per.] 3pl.

    σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32

    ,

    σχοῖεν Th.6.33

    ; inf.

    σχεῖν Il. 16.520

    , etc., [dialect] Ep.

    σχέμεν 8.254

    (in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2

    εἴχοσαν AP5.208

    (Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22,

    ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695

    ): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf.

    ἔσχηκα Pl.Lg. 765a

    , εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf.

    εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244

    , etc.: [tense] fut.

    ἕξομαι Il.9.102

    , etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2

    ἐσχόμην Hom.

    , Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper.

    σχέο Il.21.379

    ,

    σχέσθε 22.416

    , later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf.

    σχέσθαι Od.4.422

    , Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, later

    σχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3

    , freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1

    ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4

    , 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense,

    ἐσχόμην Il.17.696

    , al., Hdt. 1.31 (

    σχέτο Il.7.248

    , 21.345), part.

    σχόμενος Od.11.279

    , prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf.

    ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2

    ; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)
    A Trans., have, hold:
    I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.);

    οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57

    , Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240;

    κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405

    ; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received,

    θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77

    ;

    τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618

    ;

    παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663

    ;

    πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33

    , etc.;

    ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191

    ; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get,

    ὄνομα E. Ion 997

    : also [tense] fut.

    σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6

    ;

    λέχος E.Hel.30

    , cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed,

    ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130

    , cf. 197.
    2 keep, have charge of,

    ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22

    ;

    κῆπον 4.737

    ;

    Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271

    ;

    πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749

    , 8.393;

    τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7

    ; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471;

    σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302

    ;

    ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515

    , 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13;

    δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564

    , etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).
    b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.
    3 c. acc. loci, inhabit,

    οὐρανόν Il.21.267

    ;

    Ὄλυμπον 5.890

    ; haunt, [

    Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123

    ;

    Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24

    ; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men,

    πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177

    , 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts,

    τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12

    .
    4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα)

    , οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569

    , cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.;

    ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31

    , cf. Th.2.29;

    νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27

    ; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.;

    ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.

    ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass.,

    τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398

    .
    5 have in one's house, entertain, Od.17.515, 20.377, h.Ven. 231, 273.
    6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with,

    ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128

    , cf. 2.115;

    ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8

    .δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.
    7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171;

    ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277

    ; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get,

    περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42

    .
    8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental,

    γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250

    ;

    ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83

    ;

    ἕλκος Il.16.517

    ;

    λύσσαν 9.305

    ;

    μάχην ἔ. 14.57

    ;

    ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515

    ; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [

    φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394

    , etc.;

    βουλήν 2.344

    ;

    τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670

    ;

    τόνδε νόον καὶ θυμὸν ἐνὶ στήθεσσιν ἔχοντες 4.309

    , cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς)

    ; ἄλγεα Il.5.895

    , etc.;

    ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412

    ;

    πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105

    ;

    πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219

    ;

    πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2

    , Od.8.529;

    οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15

    ;

    πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147

    , cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517;

    ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281

    ;

    φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301

    ; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut.

    ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29

    , but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8;

    ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99

    (but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4;

    ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19

    ;

    ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12

    ;

    ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85

    ([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted,

    οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515

    ;

    οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344

    ;

    ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295

    ;

    θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79

    ;

    σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143

    ;

    Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609

    (unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608);

    ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135

    ;

    ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225

    (lyr.): c. dupl. acc.,

    φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379

    ; also of external objects,

    αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76

    ;

    μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160

    ;

    σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331

    ; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e;

    ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3

    , cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also

    ἔχει φάτιν Διονυσοφάνης θάψαι Μαρδόνιον Id.9.84

    ; [

    Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66

    ); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182

    ;

    κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409

    ;

    ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141

    ;

    νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6

    ;

    ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129

    ;

    ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34

    ;

    ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6

    ,

    ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25

    ;

    ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e

    .
    9 possess mentally, understand,

    ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476

    ;

    τέχνην Hes.Th. 770

    ;

    πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582

    , cf. E.Alc.51;

    ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789

    ; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper.,

    ἔχ', ἀποκάθαιρε Ar. Pax 1193

    ;

    ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490

    ; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing,

    μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311

    ; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).
    10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.
    11 involve, admit of,

    τά γ' αἰσχρὰ κἀνθάδ' αἰσχύνην ἔχει E.Andr. 244

    , cf. Th.1.5;

    βάσανον Lys.12.31

    ;

    ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44

    ; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41;

    τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15

    .
    12 of Measure or Value,

    τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26

    ;

    ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2

    ;

    χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9

    .
    13 c. dupl.acc.,

    Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953

    ;

    Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188

    ;

    παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.

    Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.
    II hold:
    1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold,

    οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517

    , 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53;

    ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.

    373.
    2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047;

    ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571

    , cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33;

    νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b

    , cf. R. 490a.
    3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear,

    εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538

    , cf. 595;

    παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17

    ;

    σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376

    ;

    κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231

    ;

    τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24

    , cf. 573, etc.;

    στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.
    4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in full

    ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32

    ; also

    πρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26

    .ιγ.
    b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.
    5 support, sustain, esp. an attack, c. acc. pers., Il.13.51, 20.27; cf. B.I.1, C. 111.
    6 hold fast, keep close, ὀχῆες εἶχον [πύλας] 12.456;

    θύρην ἔχε μοῦνος ἐπιβλής 24.453

    .
    7 enclose,

    φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301

    ;

    σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219

    ;

    τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65

    (lyr.); of places, contain,

    θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147

    (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [

    τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8

    ;

    ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30

    .
    8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fully

    χεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569

    ; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer,

    πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους 3.263

    , cf. 11.760;

    φόβονδε 8.139

    ;

    τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752

    , etc.;

    παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352

    ;

    ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279

    ;

    παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95

    , etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph.,

    ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.

    (?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land,

    νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92

    ;

    σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40

    ; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129;

    τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305

    ; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.);

    ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445

    ;

    ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272

    ;

    τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360

    ; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; so

    πρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25

    .
    9 hold in, stay, keep back,

    ἵππους Il.4.302

    , 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense,

    τὸ πεπρωμένον οὐ σιδάρεον σχήσει τεῖχος Pi.Fr. 232

    , cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, but

    ἕξω Il.13.51

    ); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848;

    ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451

    ;

    σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502

    (so

    εἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93

    );

    ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445

    ; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.);

    πόδα Id.IT 1159

    ; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass.,

    οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5

    .
    10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687;

    γόων S.El. 375

    ;

    φόνου E.HF 1005

    : c.inf.,

    ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182

    ; stop, hinder from doing,

    τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11

    , cf. HG4.8.5;

    ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686

    , cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.;

    μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658

    ; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11;

    τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691

    , cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part.,

    ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888

    (troch.);

    μαργῶντα E.Ph. 1156

    .
    11 keep back, withhold a thing,

    ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231

    , cf. D.30.14;

    Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115

    , cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.
    12 hold in guard, keep safe, Il.24.730; of armour, protect, 22.322.
    13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place,

    εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54

    , cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230;

    ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79

    ;

    σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346

    , cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37;

    σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085

    ;

    τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11

    .
    14 hold, consider,

    τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3

    (dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164;

    τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5

    ;

    τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32

    ;

    ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18

    , cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).
    III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.;

    πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047

    : sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281;

    ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379

    ;

    ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452

    ;

    ὡς ἔχω Id.Hec. 614

    .
    b have to face, be obliged,

    παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63

    ;

    εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5

    H.;

    βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50

    .
    2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not..,

    οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905

    , cf. Isoc.12.130;

    οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710

    ;

    οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24

    ;

    οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705

    ;

    ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743

    ; the two constructions combined,

    οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270

    .
    IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.),

    ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505

    , cf. 1262, 1840.
    B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27;

    νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492

    ; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169;

    ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793

    , cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.;

    ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26

    .
    6
    3 c. gen., keep from,

    πολέμου Th.1.112

    (cf. c. IV).
    4 with Preps., to be engaged or busy,

    ἀμφί τι A.Th. 102

    (lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.;

    περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28

    .
    II simply, be,

    ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435

    ;

    ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39

    ;

    περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128

    ; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91;

    ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88

    (lyr.);

    ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238

    ;

    ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226

    , etc.
    2 freq. with Advbs. of manner,

    εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245

    , etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45;

    εὖ σχήσει S.Aj. 684

    ); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10;

    ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981

    ;

    οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639

    ;

    οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7

    , cf. Hdt.6.16;

    πρός τι D. 9.45

    ;

    τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336

    ;

    κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854

    ;

    ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63

    ; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114;

    ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134

    , X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610;

    ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30

    ;

    τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41

    ; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.
    b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d;

    εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108

    ; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59;

    ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107

    ;

    ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22

    ;

    ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345

    , cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d;

    οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56

    ;

    μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32

    ;

    ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d

    ;

    οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11

    : also c. acc.,

    εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a

    , cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat.,

    οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315

    ;

    πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75

    ;

    τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10

    .
    III of direction, hold or turn towards, v. supr. A.11.8.
    3 lead towards,

    ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180

    , cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards,

    ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81

    ; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to,

    ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64

    .
    4 ἐπί τινι ἔ. have hostile feelings to wards.., Id.6.49, S.Ant. 987 (lyr.).
    IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense,

    κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42

    ;

    ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37

    ;

    ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355

    , cf. Th. 706; freq. in S.,

    θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140

    , cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose,

    ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1

    ;

    ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33

    : less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part.,

    πατρίδα καταστένουσ' ἔχεις E.Tr. 318

    (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.
    2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c;

    κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35

    (and so possibly

    ἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23

    );

    παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8

    : so in later Prose,

    παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24

    ; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.
    C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely,

    τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433

    , cf. Il.1.513, etc.;

    πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329

    : mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429;

    χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435

    ;

    βρετέων A. Th.98

    (lyr.);

    ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101

    ; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.
    2 metaph., cleave, cling to,

    ἔργου Hdt. 8.11

    , X.HG7.2.19;

    γεωργίας BGU7.6

    (iii A.D.);

    τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a

    ; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409;

    τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140

    ; lay hold on, take advantage of,

    τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32

    ;

    προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94

    ; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to,

    ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17

    ; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424;

    ἀληθείας Pl.Lg. 709c

    ;

    κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17

    , etc.
    3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4;

    ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9

    ; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3;

    ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15

    (iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (without

    τούτοις Isoc.6.29

    ).
    4 depend,

    ἔκ τινος Od.6.197

    , 11.346: c. gen.,

    σέο δ' ἕξεται Il.9.102

    .
    5 pertain to,

    ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b

    ;

    ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e

    ;

    ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b

    , etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193;

    ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77

    ; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.
    III maintain oneself, hold one's ground, 12.126;

    ἔχεο κρατερῶς 16.501

    .
    2 c. acc., keep off from oneself, repel, 17.639 (unless σχήσεσθαι is [voice] Pass., cf. 9.235).
    IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84;

    βίης Od.4.422

    ;

    ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129

    ;

    τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85

    ;

    τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169

    ;

    τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891

    (lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328;

    οὐκ ἂν ἐσχόμην τὸ μὴ ἀποκλῇσαι S.OT 1387

    ; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316;

    Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174

    : abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.
    ------------------------------------
    ἔχω (B),
    A bear, carry, bring, imper.

    ϝεχέτω Schwyzer 686.24

    (Pamphyl., iv B. C.): [ per.] 3sg. [tense] aor. 1

    ἔϝεξε

    brought as an offering,

    Inscr.Cypr. 66

    H. (Cf. Skt. váhati, Lat. veho, Γαιάϝοχος.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἔχω

  • 13 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 14 ἀγορά

    ἀγορά [pron. full] [ᾰγ], ᾶς, [dialect] Ion. [full] ἀγορή, ῆς, , ([etym.] ἀγείρω):—
    A assembly, esp. of the People, opp. the Council of Chiefs, Il.2.93, Od.2.69, etc.; τοῖσιν δ' οὔτ' ἀγοραὶ βουληφόροι (sc. Κυκλώπεσσι) Od.9.112;

    ὀρθῶν ἑσταότων ἀ γένετ' οὐδέ τις ἔτλη ἕζεσθαι Il.18.246

    ; ἀ. Πυλάτιδες, of the Amphictyonic Council at Pylae, S.Tr. 638, cf. Ion Eleg.1.3;

    μακάρων ἀ. Pi.I. 8(7).29

    , cf. AB210; ἀγορήνδε καλέσσασθαι, κηρύσσειν, Il.1.54, 2.51; ἀγορὴν ποιήσασθαι, θέσθαι, Il.8.489, Od.9.171; εἰς ἀ. ἰέναι, ἀγέρεσθαι, 8.12, Il.18.245;

    ἀγορήνδε καθέζεσθαι Od.1.372

    .—Not common in Prose,

    ἀγορὰν συνάγειν, συλλέγειν X.An.5.7.3

    ;

    ποιῆσαι Aeschin.3.27

    ;

    ἀγορὰς ποιεῖσθαι Hyp.Fr. 150

    : of the assembly in Attic demes, D.44.36, IG2.585, al.;

    ἀ. συνέδριον φυλετῶν καὶ δημοτῶν AB327

    : in late Prose, ἀ. δικῶν προθεῖναι, καταστήσασθαι, = Lat. conventus agere, Luc.Bis Acc. 4,12: meeting for games, Pi.N.3.14: metaph.,

    μυρμήκων ἀ. Luc. Icar.19

    : prov., θεῶν ἀ. 'Babel', Suid., etc.
    II place of assembly,

    τοὺς δ' εὗρ' εἰν ἀγορῇ Il.7.382

    ;

    ἵνα σφ' ἀ. τε θέμις τε 11.807

    , cf.Od.6.266; pl., Od.8.16;

    οὔτε.. εἰς ἀ. ἔρχεται οὔτε δίκας Thgn. 268

    .
    2 market-place, perh. not earlier than Hom.Epigr. 14.5 πολλὰ μὲν εἰν ἀγορῇ πωλεύμενα, πολλὰ δ' ἀγυιαῖς; freq. in later authors,

    πρυμνοῖς ἀγορᾶς ἔπι Pi.P.5.93

    ;

    θεοὶ.. ἀγορᾶς ἐπίσκοποι A.Th. 272

    ;

    μέση Τραχινίων ἀ. S.Tr. 424

    ;

    ἀγορᾷ οὐδὲ ἄστει δέχεσθαι Th.6.44

    ;

    ὀλιγάκις.. ἀγορᾶς χραίνων κύκλον E.Or. 919

    ; οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀ. market people, X.An.1.2.18;

    ἐξ ἀγορᾶς εἶ Ar.Eq. 181

    , etc.; εἰς ἀ. ἐμβάλλειν to go into the forum, i. e. be a citizen, Lycurg.5; ἐν τῇ ἀ. ἐργάζεσθαι to trade in the market, D.57.31; εἰς τὴν ἀ. χειροτονεῖν (opp. ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον ) 'for the market', Id.4.26; the Roman Forum, D.H.5.48.
    2 market,

    ἀγορὰν παρασκευάζειν Th.7.40

    , X. HG3.4.11;

    ἀ. παρέχειν Th.6.44

    , etc.;

    ἄγειν X.An.5.7.33

    , etc.; opp. ἀγορᾷ χρῆσθαι to have supplies, ib.7.6.24;

    τῆς ἀ. εἴργεσθαι Th.1.67

    , Plu.Per.29; ἀ. ἐλευθέρα, i. e. καθαρὰ τῶν ὠνίων πάντων, Arist.Pol. 1331a31, cf. X.Cyr.1.2.3; opp.

    ἀ. ἀναγκαία Arist.Pol. 1331b11

    ; generally, provisions, supplies, PPetr.3p.131 (iii B. C.), PS14.354 (iii B. C.), al.; in pl., Nic.Dam.p.6.17 D.; ἀγορὰς περικόπτειν cut off supplies, D.H.10.43.
    b market, sale, ἀ. τῶν βιβλίων, τῶν παρθένων, Luc. Ind.19, Ael.VH4.1, cf. Nicoch.7.
    IV as a mark of time, ἀ. πλήθουσα the forenoon, when the market-place was full,

    ἀγορῆς πληθυούσης Hdt.4.181

    ;

    πληθούσης ἀγορᾶς X.Mem.1.1.10

    , cf. SIG695.38 (Magn. Mae.); περὶ or

    ἀμφὶ ἀ. πλήθουσαν X.An.2.1.7

    , 1.8.1;

    ἐν ἀ. πληθούσῃ Pl.Grg. 469d

    , cf. Th.8.92; also

    ἀγορῆς πληθώρη Hdt.2.173

    , 7.223; poet.,

    ἐν ἀ. πλήθοντος ὄχλου Pi.P.4.85

    ;

    πρὶν ἀ. πεπληθέναι Pherecr.29

    : ἀγορῆς διάλυσις the time just after mid-day, when they went home from market, Hdt.3.104, cf.X.Oec.12.1.
    V marketday, = Lat. nundinae, D.H.7.58.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀγορά

  • 15 ὅτε

    ὅτε, also Cypr., Inscr.Cypr.135.1 H., [dialect] Dor. [full] ὅκα, [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὄτα (qq. v.), Relat. Adv., formed from the Relat. stem ὁ- and τε (v. τε B), answering to demonstr. τότε and interrog. πότε; prop. of Time, but sts. passing into a causal sense (cf. ὁπότε).
    A of Time, when, at the time when,
    I Constr.:
    1 with ind. to denote single events or actions in past time, with [tense] impf. or [tense] aor., when, Il.1.397, 432, etc.: rarely with [tense] plpf., 5.392: the Verb is sts. to be repeated from the apodosis, Καλλίξενος δὲ κατελθών, ὅ. καὶ οἱ ἐκ Πειραιῶς (sc. κατῆλθον) X.HG1.7.35: freq. in ellipt. phrases, πῇ ἔβαν εὐχωλαί, ὅ. δὴ φάμεν εἶναι ἄριστοι; whither are gone the boasts, [which we made] when we said.. ? Il.8.229: so after Verbs of perception and the like , ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ, ὅ. τ' ἐκρέμω .. ; rememberest thou not [the time] when.. ? 15.18, cf. 21.396, Od.24.115, Ar.V. 354, Th.2.21, etc.; ἄκουσα εὐχομένης ὅτ' ἔφησθα .. Il.1.397, cf. Pl.Lg. 782c;

    οὐδ' ἔλαθ' Αἴαντα Ζεύς, ὅ. δὴ Τρώεσσι δίδου.. νίκην Il.17.627

    .
    b with [tense] pres., of a thing always happening or now going on, 2.471;

    νῦν, ὅ... σοι ὀξέως ὑπακούω X.Cyr.2.4.6

    ;

    ᾔδεα μὲν γὰρ ὅ... Δαναοῖσιν ἄμυνεν, οἶδα δὲ νῦν ὅ. τοὺς.. κυδάνει Il.14.71

    .
    c rarely with [tense] fut., of a definite future, Od.18.272.
    2 with opt., to denote repeated events or actions in past time, ἔνθα πάρος κοιμᾶθ', ὅ. μιν γλυκὺς ὕπνος ἱκάνοι whenever, as often as, Il.1.610, cf. Od.8.87, etc.;

    ὅ. δή Il.3.216

    .
    b sts. of future events which are represented as uncertain, in clauses dependent on a Verb in the opt. or subj.,

    οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαρις.., ὅτ' ἐν κονίῃσι μιγείης 3.55

    , cf. 18.465, 21.429, A.Eu. 726.
    c ὅ. μή, in early authors always with opt., for εἰ μή, unless, except, save when, Il.13.319, Od.16.197, Arist.Pol. 1277a24: used by A.R. with subj., 1.245, 4.409.
    3 with subj., only in [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., Il.4.259, 19.337, 21.323, etc., prob. in A.Ag. 766(lyr.).
    II Special usages:
    1 in Hom. to introduce a simile, ὡς δ' ὅτε as when, mostly with subj., Il. 2.147, 4.130, 141, 6.506, al.: sts. with ind., 16.364, 21.12: the Verb must freq. be supplied from the context, as in 2.394, 4.462.
    2 in the [dialect] Ep. phrase πρίν γ' ὅτε δή.., ἤ is omitted before ὅτε, 9.488, 12.437, cf. Od.13.322.
    III ὅτε with other Particles,
    1 ὅτ' ἄν, ὅτε κεν, v. ὅταν.
    2 ὅτε δή and ὅτε δή ῥα, stronger than ὅτε, freq. in Hom. and Hes.,

    ὅτε δή Il.5.65

    , al., Hes.Th. 280, al.;

    ὅτε δή ῥα Il.4.446

    , al., Hes. Th.58,al.; v. infr. IV. I; so

    ὅτ' ἄρ' Il.10.540

    .
    3 ὅτε τε (where τε is otiose, v. τε B. I) 2.471, 10.83, etc.
    4 ὅτε περ even when, 5.802, 14.319, al., Hdt.5.99, Th.1.8, etc.;

    ὅτε πέρ τε Il.4.259

    , 10.7.
    IV the proper correl. Adv. is τότε, as ὅ. δὴ.., τότε δὴ .. 10.365;

    ὅ. δή ῥ'.., δὴ τότε 23.721

    ; ὅ. δὴ.., καὶ τότε δὴ .. 22.208;

    ὅ. δή ῥα.., καὶ τότ' ἄρ' 24.31

    : for τότε we sts. have ἔπειτα, 3.221; αὐτίκα δ', 4.210; δὲ .., 5.438; also νῦν.., ὅ ... S.Aj. 710 (lyr.), etc.; μεθύστερον, ὅ... Id.Tr. 711; ἤματι τῷ, ὅ ... Il.2.743, etc.; so in [dialect] Att., ἦν ποτε χρόνος, ὅ ... Pl.Prt. 320c, cf. Phd. 75a, Hdt.1.160.
    2 elliptical in the phrase ἔστιν ὅ. or ἔσθ' ὅ., there are times when, sometimes, now and then, ἔστι ὅ. Id.2.120; ἔστιν ὅ. Pl.Phd. 62a; ἔσθ' ὅ. S.Aj.56 (v. infr. c).
    B ὅτε sts. has a causal sense, when, seeing that, mostly with [tense] pres. ind., Il.16.433 (v.l. ὅ τε)

    ὅ. δή 20.29

    ; and in Trag. and [dialect] Att. Prose, as S.Aj. 1095, OT 918, Pl.Smp. 206b, R. 581e, Prt. 356c, Sph. 254b, etc.; so

    ὅ. γε Hdt.5.92

    .ά: with [tense] pf. used as [tense] pres., S.Ph. 428, Ar.Nu. 34.
    2 sts. where ὥστε would be more usual,

    οὕτω.. πόρρω κλέος ἥκει, ὅ. καὶ βασιλεὺς ἠρώτησεν Id.Ach. 647

    .
    C [full] ὁτέ Indef. Adv., sometimes, now and then, used like ποτέ at the beginning of each of two corresponding clauses, now.., now.., sometimes.., sometimes.. (not in early Prose, ὁτὲ μὲν.., ὁτὲ δὲ .. Arist. Pol. 1290a4, al.), ὁτὲ μὲν.., ἄλλοτε .. Il.20.49sq.; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ἄλλοτε δ' αὖ .. 18.599 sq.; ὁτὲ μέν τε.., ἄλλοτε δὲ .. 11.64; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ὁτὲ δ' αὖτε .. A.R.1.1270; ὁτὲ μέν τε.., ὅτ' αὖ .. Id.3.1300; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ποτὲ δὲ .. Plb.6.20.8; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ὁτὲ δὲ.., καὶ ἄλλοτε .. D.L.2.106; ὁτὲ μὲν.., πάλιν δὲ .. Arist.EN 1100a28; ἐνίοτε μὲν.., ὁτὲ δὲ .. Id.Mete. 360b3; ὁτὲ μὲν.., ἢ .. Id.Po. 1448a21 (s. v.l.): also reversely, ἄλλοτε μὲν.., ὁτὲ δὲ .. Il.11.568; also ὁτὲ δέ in the second clause, without any correlative in the first, 17.178; S. joins

    ἔσθ' ὅτε.., ὅτ' ἄλλοτ' ἄλλον Aj.56

    ; ὁτὲ δέ alone, at the beginning of a clause, X.Cyn.5.8 and 20, 9.8 and 20. ====
    ------------------------------------
    ὅτε, neut. of ὅστε: also [dialect] Ion. masc. for ὅστε,
    A v. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅτε

  • 16 amor

    ămor (old form ămŏs, like honos, labos, colos, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 2; v. Neue, Formenl. I. p. 170), ōris, m. [amo], love (to friends, parents, etc.; and also in a low sense; hence in gen., like amo, while caritas, like diligere, is esteem, regard, etc.; hence amor is used also of brutes, but caritas only of men; v amo init.):

    Amicitiae caritate et amore cernuntur. Nam cum deorum, tum parentum, patriaeque cultus, eorumque hominum, qui aut sapientiā aut opibus excellunt, ad caritatem referri solet. Conjuges autem et liberi et fratres et alii, quos usus familiaritasque conjunxit, quamquam etiam caritate ipsā, tamen amore maxime continentur,

    Cic. Part. Or. 25, 88; cf. id. ib. 16, 56; Doed. Syn. IV. p. 100 (but amor is related to benevolentia as the cause to the effect, since benevolentia designates only an external, friendly treatment; but amor a real, internal love):

    amor, ex quo amicitia nominata, princeps est ad benevolentiam conjungendam,

    Cic. Am. 8, 26:

    nihil enim est, quod studio et benevolentiā, vel amore potius effici non possit,

    id. Fam. 3, 9; cf. Doed. Syn. IV. p. 105 (very freq. in all periods, and in every kind of style; in a low sense most freq. in the com. and eleg. poets, Petron., and similar authors; v. amo init.); constr. with in, erga, or the obj. gen. (with the gen. of the gerund, never in Cic., and perh. in no prose writer; but it is so found in Lucr., Ovid, and Hor.).
    I.
    Lit.: ab his initiis noster in te amor profectus, Cic. Fam. 13, 29:

    si quid in te residet amoris erga me,

    id. ib. 5, 5:

    amori nostro (i. e. quo a te amamur) plusculum etiam, quam concedit veritas, largiare,

    id. ib. 5, 12;

    Postquam primus amor deceptam morte fefellit,

    Verg. A. 4, 17:

    amabilis super amorem mulierum,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 1, 26: in paternitatis amore, brotherly love (Gr. philadelphia), ib. 1 Pet. 1, 22; ib. 2 Pet. 1, 7 bis:

    amplecti aliquem amore,

    Cic. Att. 7, 1:

    habere amorem erga aliquem,

    id. ib. 9, 14:

    respondere amori amore,

    id. ib. 15, 21:

    conciliare amorem alicui,

    id. de Or. 2, 51 et saep.—Of sexual love, whether lawful or unlawful: Medea amore saevo saucia, Enn. Med. ap. Auct. ad Her. 2, 22 (as a transl. of the Gr. erôti thumon ekplageis Iasonos, Eur. Med. prol. 8):

    videbantur illi (septem anni) pauci dies prae amoris magnitudine,

    Vulg. Gen. 29, 20; 29, 30:

    is amore projecticiam illam deperit,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 43:

    amore perdita est,

    id. Mil. 4, 6, 38:

    in amore haec omnia sunt vitia,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 14:

    aeterno devictus volnere amoris,

    Lucr. 1, 35:

    qui vitat amorem,

    id. 4, 1069:

    Nec te noster amor tenet?

    Verg. A. 4, 307; 4, 395; Ov. M. 4, 256:

    ne sit ancillae tibi amor pudori,

    Hor. C. 2, 4, 1:

    meretricis amore Sollicitus,

    id. S. 2, 3, 252:

    ut majus esset odium amore, quo ante dilexerat,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 13, 15:

    ambo vulnerati amore ejus,

    ib. Dan. 13, 10 al. —In both significations also in the plur.:

    amores hominum in te,

    Cic. Att. 5, 10:

    amores sancti,

    id. Fin. 3, 20, 68; cf. id. Tusc. 4, 34, 72:

    Ille meos, primus qui me sibi junxit, amores Abstulit,

    Verg. A. 4, 28:

    est is mihi in amoribus, i. e. valde a me amatur,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 32:

    meos amores eloquar,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 2:

    meretricii amores,

    Ter. And. 5, 4, 10:

    quem amore venerio dilexerat,

    Nep. Paus. 4, 1:

    amores et hae deliciae, quae vocantur,

    Cic. Cael. 19:

    quando Dido tantos rumpi non speret amores,

    Verg. A. 4, 292:

    Tabuit ex illo dementer amoribus usa,

    Ov. M. 4, 259:

    insanos fateamur amores,

    id. ib. 9, 519 et saep.; Hor. C. 3, 21, 3 et saep.—
    II.
    Meton.
    A.
    For the beloved object itself:

    amores et deliciae tuae,

    Cic. Div. 1, 36;

    Pompeius, nostri amores,

    id. Att. 2, 19; 16, 6;

    and ironic.: sed redeo ad amores deliciasque nostras, L. Antonium,

    id. Phil. 6, 5; Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 79; Ov. M. 1, 617; 4, 137 al.—
    B.
    Personified: Amor, the god of love, Love, Cupid, Erôs:

    O praeclaram emendatricem vitae poëticam, quae Amorem flagitii et levitatis auctorem in concilio deorum collocandum putet,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69:

    Deum esse Amorem turpis et vitio favens finxit libido,

    Sen. Phaedr. 195: Illum conjugem, quem Amor dederat, qui plus pollet potiorque est patre, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 69:

    Omnia vincit Amor, et nos cedamus Amori,

    Verg. E. 10, 69:

    Improbe Amor, quid non mortalia corpora cogis?

    id. A. 4, 412:

    Paret Amor dictis carae genetricis,

    id. ib. 1, 689:

    Amor non talia curat,

    id. E. 10, 28:

    nec quid Amor curat,

    Ov. M. 1, 480:

    Amori dare ludum,

    Hor. C. 3, 12, 1; Prop. 1, 2, 8:

    non tot sagittis, Spicula quot nostro pectore fixit Amor,

    id. 3, 4, 2:

    pharetratus,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 1, 22:

    Notaque purpureus tela resumit Amor,

    id. Am. 2, 9, 34:

    movit Amor gemmatas aureus alas,

    id. R. Am. 39 et saep.—Also in the plur., Cupids, Loves:

    corpora nudorum Amorum,

    Ov. M. 10, 516:

    lascivi Amores,

    Hor. C. 2, 11, 7:

    parvi Amores,

    Prop. 3, 1, 11:

    Amores volucres,

    Ov. Ep. 16, 201:

    pharetrati,

    id. R. Am. 519 al. —
    C.
    A strong, passionate longing for something, desire, lust:

    consulatūs amor,

    Cic. Sull. 26, 73:

    gloriae,

    id. Arch. 11, 28:

    amicitiae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 33, 70:

    lactis,

    Verg. G. 3, 394:

    vini,

    Liv. 9, 18:

    auri,

    Verg. A. 1, 349:

    argenti,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 78:

    nummi,

    Juv. 14, 138:

    laudum,

    Verg. A. 9, 197 et saep.:

    cognitionis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 7, 18.—With gerund:

    edundi,

    Lucr. 4, 870:

    habendi,

    Ov. M. 1, 131, and Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 85:

    scribendi,

    id. S. 2, 1, 10.— Poet., with inf.:

    si tantus amor casus cognoscere nostros,

    Verg. A. 2, 10:

    seu rore pudico Castaliae flavos amor est tibi mergere crines,

    Stat. Th. 1, 698.—
    * D.
    Poet., a love-charm, philtre:

    quaeritur et nascentis equi de fronte revolsus Et matri praereptus amor,

    Verg. A. 4, 516; upon which passage Serv. remarks: Secundum Plinium, qui dicit in Naturali Historiā (8, 42, 66, § 163 sqq.) pullos equinos habere in fronte quandam carnem, quam eis statim natis adimit mater; quam si quis forte [p. 109] praeripuerit, odit pullum et lac ei denegat; v. hippomanes.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amor

  • 17 devoveo

    dē-vŏvĕo, vōvi, vōtum, 2, v. a.
    I.
    To vow, devote (usually to a deity).
    A.
    Prop. (class.):

    Marti ea, quae bello ceperint,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 17, 3; so,

    Dianae pulcherrimum,

    Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95:

    gnatam pro muta agna,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 219 et saep.;

    esp. freq.: se diis, or simply se,

    to devote one's self to death, to sacrifice one's self, Cic. N. D. 2, 3 fin.; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61:

    se pro aere alieno, in jesting allusion to the death of the Decii,

    id. Phil. 11, 6, 13:

    se pro patria Quiritibusque Romanis,

    Liv. 5, 41, 3; id. 8, 9; 9, 4; Verg. A. 12, 234:

    devota vita,

    Cic. Par. 1, 2, 12; cf.:

    devotis corporibus in hostem ruentes,

    Liv. 9, 17:

    ancipiti deum irae devotus,

    id. 10, 39: hinc Remus auspicio se devovet, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107:

    devota morti pectora,

    Hor. Od. 4, 14, 18; cf.

    without morti: stabat devota juventus,

    Luc. 4, 533:

    caput pro salute alicujus,

    Val. Max. 6, 2, extr. 2 et saep.—
    B.
    Transf., to devote, give up, attach (rarely):

    vobis animam hanc devovi,

    Verg. A. 11, 442; cf.:

    suos annos soli tibi,

    Ov. M. 14, 683; esp.: se, to give one's self up to, devote one's self to:

    se amicitiae alicujus,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 22, 2; cf.:

    se gloriae,

    Curt. 9, 6 fin.:

    se regibus,

    Sall. Hist. Fragm. 1, 73.—
    C.
    To promise solemnly, vow; with inf. or obj. clause (late Lat.):

    qui se devoverunt, nec manducare nec bibere,

    Vulg. Act. 23, 21:

    totam vitam suam serviturum se esse devovit,

    August. Serm. 286, 4; Gregor. M. Homil. 1, 19, 7.—
    D.
    To mark out, destine, appoint:

    exspectatione omnium T. Annio devota et constituta ista hostia esse videtur,

    Cic. Harusp. Resp. 3, 6.—
    II.
    Qs. to devote to the infernal gods, i. e. to curse, to execrate (mostly poet. and in post-Aug. prose—for syn. cf. detestor):

    aliquem,

    Nep. Alcib. 4, 5:

    natum suum (Theseus),

    Ov. F. 6, 738:

    se ipse,

    Quint. 5, 6, 2:

    scelerata arma,

    Ov. M. 5, 102:

    suas artes,

    id. ib. 8, 234:

    devota arbos,

    Hor. Od. 3, 4, 27:

    devoti sanguinis aetas,

    id. Epod. 16, 9 et saep.; v. such a form of imprecation in Macr. S. 3, 9.—
    III.
    To bewitch by conjurations ( poet.):

    aliquem carminibus, pollentibus herbis,

    Tib. 1, 8, 18:

    aliquem trajectis lanis,

    Ov. Am. 3, 7, 80; cf.:

    devota veneno corpora,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 27. —Hence, dēvōtus, a, um, P. a. (acc. to no. I. B.).
    A.
    Devoted to any one, i. e. attached, faithful (post-Aug.):

    ni tibi deditus essem Devotusque cliens,

    Juv. 9, 72;

    so with deditus,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 5:

    devotissimus alicui,

    Suet. Caes. 67 fin.; cf. Sen. Ben. 5, 17; and:

    DEVOTISSIMVS NVMINI MAIESTATIQVE EIVS,

    Inscr. Orell. 859; and so in comp., Claud. B. Gild. 289: animus alicui devotus, Tiber. ap. Suet. Tib. 67:

    equester ordo scenae harenaeque devotus,

    id. Calig. 30.— Poet.:

    devotae in externa proelia dextrae,

    ready for, Luc. 3, 311.— Subst.:

    cum DC devotis, quos illi Soldurios appellant,

    with six hundred faithful followers, Caes. B. G. 3, 22, 1. —
    B.
    In Christian authors, pious, devout:

    Roma Deo,

    Prud. adv. Symm. 2 fin.:

    filia Christo,

    Hier. Ep. 108, 2:

    jejunia,

    Aus. Idyll. 1, 2; so, obedient to authority, Cassiod. Varr. 2, 16.—
    C.
    Like deditus, given to, abandoned to a habit or thing (rare):

    vino,

    Phaedr. 4, 5, 6.— Adv.: dēvōtē, devotedly, faithfully: devote ac strenue, Cod. Th. 6, 24, 10.— Sup.:

    Deo devotissime serviamus,

    Lact. 6, 9 fin.; Aug. Ep. 86 fin.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > devoveo

  • 18 fastus

    1.
    fastus, a, um, adj. [perh. root PHA, phaskô, phêmi, fari; lit., in which it is allowed to speak], fasti dies; and more commonly absol.: fasti, ōrum, m. (acc. to the 4th decl. acc. fastus, Varr. ap. Prisc. p. 711 P.; Col. 9, 14, 12; Sil. 2, 10; Sen. Tranq. An. 14, 2; Hor. C. 4, 14, 4 Bentley (dub.); abl. fastibus, Luc. 10, 187), a publicists' t. t., a day on which judgment could be pronounced. on which courts could be held, a court-day (opp. nefasti, v. nefastus; cf. also: feriae, justitium, otium).
    I.
    Prop.:

    ille (dies) nefastus erit, per quem tria verba (DO, DICO, ADDICO) silentur: Fastus erit, per quem lege licebit agi,

    Ov. F. 1, 48; Varr. L. L. 6, 4, § 29 sq. Müll. The register of these legal court-days, which for a long time existed only in the archives of the pontifices, was kept from the knowledge of the people, until Cn. Flavius, scribe to the Pontifex Maximus Appius Caecus, posted up a copy in the Forum:

    posset agi lege necne, pauci quondam sciebant, fastos enim volgo non habebant,

    Cic. Mur. 11, 25; cf.:

    (Cn. Flavius) fastos circa forum in albo proposuit, ut, quando lege agi posset, sciretur,

    Liv. 9, 46, 5; Plin. 33, 1, 6, § 17; Val. Max. 2, 5, 2.—
    II.
    Transf.
    A.
    In gen., an enumeration of all the days of the year, with their festivals, magistrates, events, etc., a calendar, almanac (syn.: annales, historia, res gestae, narratio, fabula): fastorum libri appellantur, in quibus totius anni fit descriptio: fasti enim dies festi sunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 87, 19 Mull. N. cr.:

    ordo ipse annalium mediocriter nos retinet quasi enumeratione fastorum,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 12, 5:

    cum diem festum ludorum de fastis suis sustulissent,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 151:

    fastos correxit (Caesar),

    Suet. Caes. 40:

    ut omne tempus... ita in fastos referretur,

    id. Aug. 100; cf. id. Tib. 5.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    The Fasti consulares, or registers of the higher magistrates, according to their years of service (v. Orelli, Onomast. Tullian. P. III.):

    quae (tempora) semel Notis condita fastis Inclusit volucris dies (i. e. fastis consularibus),

    Hor. C. 4, 13, 15:

    per titulos memoresque fastos,

    id. ib. 4, 14, 4; so,

    memores,

    id. ib. 3, 17, 4:

    tempora si fastosque velis evolvere mundi,

    id. S. 1, 3, 112:

    qui redit in fastos et virtutem aestimat annis, etc.,

    id. Ep. 2, 1, 48:

    in codicillorum fastis,

    Cic. Att. 4, 8, 3:

    paginas in annalibus magistratuum fastisque percurrere,

    Liv. 9, 18, 12:

    ex fastis evellere,

    Cic. Sest. 14, 33:

    hos consules fasti ulli ferre possunt,

    id. Pis. 13, 30.—
    2.
    Fasti Praenestini a Verrio Flacco ordinati et marmoreo parieti incisi, Suet. Gram. 17; cf. Inscr. Orell. II. p. 379 sq., and the authors there cited; v. also Anthon's Dict. of Antiq. p. 432 sq.—
    3.
    Fasti, the title of a poem of Ovid, on the Roman festivals, the festival-calendar; which, however, he completed for but six months of the year.
    2.
    fastus, ūs ( gen. fasti, Coripp. 4, 137), m. [Sanscr. dharshati, to be bold; Gr. thrasus, tharsos; full form farstus], scornful contempt or disdain of others, haughtiness, arrogance, pride ( poet., and in post-Aug. prose; syn.: fastidium, clatio, superbia, arrogantia, insolentia).
    (α).
    Sing.:

    tu cave nostra tuo contemnas carmina fastu,

    Prop. 1, 7, 25; cf.:

    fastus inest pulchris sequiturque superbia formam,

    Ov. F. 1, 419:

    superbo simul ac procaci fastu,

    Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 119:

    aspice primum, Quanto cum fastu, quanto molimine circum Spectemus,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 93:

    tanto te in fastu negas, amice,

    i. e. thou withdrawest thyself with so much pride from my society, Cat. 55, 14:

    fastus erga patrias epulas,

    Tac. A. 2, 2 fin.
    (β).
    Plur.:

    fastus superbi,

    Prop. 3 (4), 25, 15; Tib. 1, 8, 75; Ov. M. 14, 762.
    3.
    fastūs, uum, m., calendar; v. 1. fastus init.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > fastus

  • 19 legens

    1.
    lēgo, āvi, ātum (archaic perf. legassit for legaverit, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 148), 1, v. a. [lex; and therefore qs. lege creare], a publicist's and jurid. t. t.
    I.
    A publicist's t. t.
    A.
    To send with a commission or charge, to send on an embassy, send as ambassador; to depute, despatch:

    ne hoc quidem senatui relinquebas, ut legati ex ejus ordinis auctoritate legarentur,

    Cic. Vatin. 15, 35:

    hominem honestum ac nobilem legarunt ad Apronium,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 48, § 114: eos privatae rei causa legari, id. Fam. 3, 8, 4:

    juste pieque legatus venio,

    Liv. 1, 32:

    tres adulescentes in Africam legantur, qui reges adeant, etc.,

    Sall. J. 21, 4:

    quos Athenienses Romam ad senatum legaverant impetratum, etc.,

    Gell. 7, 14, 8.—
    2.
    Transf. to the commission itself (ante- and post-class.):

    quae verba legaverint Rhodii ad hostium ducem,

    what they told him through their deputies, Gell. 15, 31 in lemm.
    b.
    Beyond the official sphere:

    quin potius, quod legatum est tibi negotium, Id curas?

    committed, intrusted, Plaut. Cas. 1, 12.—
    B.
    To appoint or choose as deputy (as the official assistant, lieutenant, of a general or governor):

    eum (Messium) Caesari legarat Appius,

    Cic. Att. 4, 15, 9:

    ego me a Pompeio legari ita sum passus, ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 6:

    istum legatum iri non arbitror,

    id. ib. 10, 1, 4:

    ne legaretur Gabinius Pompeio expetenti,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    Dolabella me sibi legavit,

    chose me for his lieutenant, id. Att. 15, 11, 4:

    Calpurnius parato exercitu legat sibi homines nobiles, etc.,

    Sall. J. 28.—
    II.
    A jurid. t. t.: aliquid, to appoint by a last will or testament, to leave or bequeath as a legacy (class.):

    Numitori, qui stirpis maximus erat, regnum vetustum Silviae gentis legat,

    Liv. 1, 3: legavit quidam uxori mundum omne penumque, Lucil. ap. Gell. 4, 1, 3:

    usumfructum omnium bonorum Caesenniae legat,

    Cic. Caecin. 4, 11:

    Fabiae pecunia legata est a viro,

    id. Top. 3, 14:

    cui argentum omne legatum est,

    Quint. 5, 10, 62:

    in argento legato,

    id. 7, 2, 11.—
    B.
    Aliquid alicui ab aliquo, to leave one a legacy to be paid by the principal heir:

    uxori testamento legat grandem pecuniam a filio, si qui natus esset: ab secundo herede nihil legat,

    Cic. Clu. 12, 33:

    si paterfamilias uxori ancillarum usum fructum legavit a filio, neque a secundo herede legavit,

    id. Top. 4, 21; Quint. 7, 9, 5.—Hence,
    1.
    lēgātus, i, m.
    A.
    (Acc. to lego, I. A.) An ambassador, legate, Cic. Vatin. 15, 35:

    legatos mittere,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 12, 35:

    ad senatum legatos de aliqua re mittere,

    id. de Or. 2, 37, 155; cf.:

    missi magnis de rebus uterque Legati,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    legatos mittere ad indicendum bellum,

    Liv. 31, 8; Ov. M. 14, 527.—
    B.
    (Acc. to lego, I. B.).
    a.
    An official assistant given to a general or the governor of a province, a deputy, lieutenant, lieutenant-general:

    quos legatos tute tibi legasti?

    Cic. Pis. 14, 33:

    qui M. Aemilio legati fuerunt,

    id. Clu. 36, 99:

    Quintus frater meus legatus est Caesaris,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 21; id. Off. 3, 20, 79; cf.:

    Murena summo imperatori legatus L. Lucullo fuit, qua in legatione duxit exercitum, etc.,

    id. Mur. 9, 20; 14, 32:

    neque se ei legatum defuturum,

    id. Phil. 11, 7, 17; Val. Max. 5, 5, 1:

    hiberna cum legato praefectoque tradidisses,

    Cic. Pis. 35, 86:

    (Calvisius) duos legatos Uticae reliquerat,

    id. Phil. 3, 10 fin.:

    quaestorius,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 56; Caes. B. G. 2, 5 fin.:

    L. Caesar, cujus pater Caesaris erat legatus,

    id. B. C. 1, 8, 2:

    magnitudo et splendor legati,

    Liv. 38, 58, 9:

    in magna legatum quaere popina,

    Juv. 8, 172.—
    b.
    Under the emperors, a governor sent to a province by the emperor, Tac. A. 12, 40; id. Agr. 33; Suet. Vesp. 4; Spart. Hadr. 3 et saep.; cf. legatio, I. B. 2., and Orell. ad Tac. Agr. 9.—
    (β).
    Legati legionum, commanders, Suet. Tib. 19; id. Vesp. 4; cf.:

    Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos et quaestorem praefecit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 52; Tac. A. 2, 36; id. H. 1, 7.—Also called;

    legatus praetorius,

    Tac. Agr. 7.—
    2.
    lēgātum, i, n. (acc. to lego, II.), a bequest, legacy:

    legatum est delibatio hereditatis, qua testator ex eo, quod universum heredis foret, alicui quid collatum velit,

    Dig. 30, 116:

    Hortensii legata cognovi,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 9:

    reliqua legata varie dedit,

    Suet. Aug. 101; id. Tib. 48:

    legatum peto ex testamento,

    Quint. 4, 2, 6:

    jus capiendi legata alicui adimere,

    Suet. Dom. 8:

    cymbala pulsantis legatum amici,

    Juv. 9, 62:

    legatorum genera sunt quattuor,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 192; cf. sqq.
    2.
    lĕgo, lēgi, lectum ( gen. plur. part. legentum, Ov. Tr. 1. 7, 25), 3, v. a. [Gr. legô, logos, logas, etc.; Lat. legumen, di-leg-ens, neg-leg-o, etc.; cf. Germ. lesen], to bring together, to gather, collect.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    oleam,

    Cato, R. R. 144:

    nuces,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 66, 265:

    herbas collibus,

    Ov. M. 14, 347: flores et humi nascentia fraga, [p. 1048] Verg. E. 3, 92; cf.:

    roscida mala,

    id. ib. 8, 38:

    flores in calathos,

    Ov. F. 5, 218:

    spolia caesorum,

    Liv. 5, 39:

    quos (montanos asparagos),

    Juv. 11, 69.—Of the dead who have been burned:

    ossa,

    Ov. H. 10, 150:

    homini mortuo ossa,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60: ossa filii, Sen. de Ira, 2, 33, 6; cf. Quint. 8, 5, 21; Lact. de Mort. Persec. 21, 11:

    reliquias legerunt primores equestris ordinis,

    Suet. Aug. 100. —
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    To take out, pick out, extract, remove:

    quibusdam et radi ossa et legi... quae sine totius pernicie corporis haerere non poterant,

    Sen. Prov. 1, 3, 2:

    ossa vivis,

    id. ad Marc. 22, 3:

    ossa in capite lecta,

    id. Ben. 5, 24, 3:

    ossa e vulneribus,

    Quint. 6, 1, 30.—
    2.
    To pluck, strip, gather fruit from (a tree, etc.):

    oleam qui legerit,

    Cato, R. R. 144, 1:

    ficus non erat apta legi,

    Ov. F. 2, 254.—
    3.
    Poet.: legere fila, to wind up:

    extrema Lauso Parcae fila legunt,

    i. e. spin the last thread of life, Verg. A. 10, 815; cf.:

    quae dedit ingrato fila legenda viro,

    Ov. F. 3, 462:

    stamen,

    Prop. 4 (5), 4, 40 (42).—
    4.
    Naut. t. t.: vela legere, to draw together, furl:

    omnis navita ponto umida vela legit,

    Verg. G. 1, 373:

    vela legunt socii,

    id. A. 3, 532:

    ipse dabit tenera vela, legetque manu,

    Ov. H. 15, 215; Val. Fl. 2, 13:

    prora funem legit Argus ab alta,

    draws in, takes in, id. 1, 312:

    ancoras classis legit,

    is weighing anchor, Sen. Troad. 759.—
    5.
    To take to one's self unjustly, to carry off, steal, purloin, plunder, abstract (not in Cic.): omnia viscatis manibus leget, omnia sumet: crede mihi, auferet omnia, Lucil. ap. Non. 332 and 396, 4:

    majus esse maleficium stuprare ingenuam quam sacrum legere,

    Auct. Her. 2, 30 fin.:

    sacra divum,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 117:

    soceros legere et gremiis abducere pactas,

    Verg. A. 10, 79 Serv. ad loc. (but Forbig. renders legere here as = eligere, sumere; cf. 8. infra).—
    6.
    Of places, to go, pass, or wander through ( poet.):

    nec me studiosius altera saltus Legit,

    Ov. M. 5, 579:

    pars cetera pontum Pone legit,

    sails through, Verg. A. 2, 207:

    vada dura lego,

    id. ib. 3, 706:

    freta,

    id. ib. 3, 127:

    aequora Afra,

    Ov. F. 4, 289:

    Ioniumque rapax Icariumque legit,

    id. ib. 4, 566: vestigia alicujus, to follow one's footsteps, to track or pursue him:

    subsequitur pressoque legit vestigia gressu,

    id. M. 3, 17; cf.:

    et vestigia retro Observata legit,

    Verg. A. 9, 392:

    tortos orbes,

    to wander through, id. ib. 12, 481.—
    7.
    To pass or sail by, to skirt, to coast along a shore, land, or place (mostly poet.):

    Inarimen Prochytenque legit,

    Ov. M. 14, 89; 15, 705; 709: primi litoris oram, coast along, i. e. not enter into details, Verg. G. 2, 44; id. E. 8, 7:

    navibus oram Italiae,

    Liv. 21, 51 fin.:

    oram Campaniae,

    Suet. Tib. 11; cf.

    terram,

    id. Aug. 16. —
    8.
    Pregn., to choose from a number, to pick out, single out, select, elect (class.):

    alia esse oportet forma quem tu pugno legeris,

    pick out to fight with, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 160:

    judices,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 6, 16:

    omnia, quae leget quaeque reiciet,

    id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:

    scribam,

    to elect, appoint, id. Clu. 45, 126:

    condiciones nubendi,

    id. Cael. 15:

    cives in patres,

    Liv. 23, 22:

    viros ad bella,

    Ov. M. 7, 669:

    geminasque legit de classe biremes,

    Verg. A. 8, 79: legit virum vir, each one singles out his man (of the combatants in a battle), id. ib. 11, 632:

    senatum ad modum pristinum redegit duabus lectionibus: prima ipsorum arbitratu, quo vir virum legit,

    Suet. Aug. 35; Tac. H. 1, 18: neque ejus legendam filiam (sc. virginem Vestalem) qui domicilium in Italia non haberet, At. Cap. ap. Gell. 1, 12, 8.—
    * (β).
    With inf.:

    fidissima custos Lecta sacrum justae veneri occultare pudorem,

    Stat. Th. 1, 530.
    II.
    Trop.
    * A.
    To catch up, i. e. overhear a conversation:

    nunc huc concedam, ut horum sermonem legam,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 21 (cf. sublegere, id. Mil. 4, 2. 98).—
    B.
    To catch with the eye, to view, observe, behold, survey, see.
    * 1.
    In gen.:

    tumulum capit, unde omnes longo ordine posset Adversos legere,

    Verg. A. 6, 755 Heyne ad loc.; and cf. Verg. A. 6, 34.—
    2.
    In partic., to read or peruse a writing:

    ut eos libros per te ipse legeres,

    Cic. Top. 1:

    defensionem causae,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 112:

    legi apud Clitomachum, A. Albium jocantem dixisse, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 45, 137:

    aliquid studiose intenteque,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 13, 1:

    significas legisse te in quadam epistula mea, jussisse Verginium, etc.,

    id. ib. 9, 19, 1: philosophorum consultorumque opiniones, Quint. 12, 11, 17:

    liber tuus et lectus est et legitur a me diligenter,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 5, 1:

    orationem,

    Quint. 1, 1, 6:

    aiunt multum legendum esse non multa,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 9, 15.—With a pers. obj.:

    antiquos et novos,

    Quint. 2, 5, 23:

    antiquos studiosius,

    id. 3, 6, 62:

    poëtas,

    id. 1, 4, 4. —In pass.:

    Horatius fere solus legi dignus,

    Quint. 10, 1, 96:

    si cum judicio legatur Cassius Severus,

    id. 10, 1, 116:

    dumque legar, mecum pariter tua fama legetur,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 14, 5:

    sepulcra legens,

    when reading epitaphs, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:

    legentium plerisque,

    Liv. 1 praef. §

    4: opus nescio an minimae legentibus futurum voluptati,

    to my readers, Quint. 3, 1, 2; cf. id. 9, 4, 2; 2, 5, 3:

    nec Cynicos nec Stoica dogmata,

    Juv. 13, 121.— Absol.:

    legendi usus,

    Lact. 3, 25, 9:

    memoriam continuus legendi usus instruit,

    Macr. S. 1, 5, 1.—
    b.
    In partic.
    (α).
    To read out, read aloud, recite (esp. freq. in post-Aug. authors):

    convocatis auditoribus volumen legere, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 51, 191: codicem pro contione, id. Fragm. ap. Quint. 4, 4, 8:

    audio me male legere, dumtaxat versus, orationes enim commodius,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 34:

    obturem impune legentibus aures,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 105:

    quem vero arripuit tenet occiditque legendo,

    with recitation, id. A. P. 475:

    quis dabit historico quantum daret acta legenti,

    to read him the news, Juv. 7, 104.—
    (β).
    To find in an author or a writing:

    ut scriptum legimus,

    Cic. Deiot. 7, 19:

    legi etiam scriptum, esse avem quandam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2. 49 init.:

    ego vero haec scripta legi,

    id. Planc. 39, 94:

    praeterea scriptum legimus, Gallos in venatibus tinguere sagittas,

    Gell. 17, 15, 7. relatum legere, Nep. praef. 1.— Pass.:

    in aliis codicibus non peccato sed peccatis legitur,

    Aug. Cont. Jul. Rel. 1, 22; id. Don. Persev. 6 init. al.—
    C.
    A publicist's t. t.: legere senatum, to read over or call off the names of senators (which was done by the censors;

    v. lectio, II. A. 2.): censores fideli concordia senatum legerunt,

    Liv. 40, 51; 9, 29; 9, 30; 9, 46; 43, 15 al.—Hence, lĕgens, entis, Part. as subst. m., a reader ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose for lector), Ov. Tr. 1, 7, 25.— Plur., Liv. praef. 4; Quint. 3, 1, 2; Plin. 8, 16, 17, § 44; Tac. A. 4, 33.—Also, lectus, a, um, P. a., chosen, picked out, selected; choice, excellent (class.): argenti lectae numeratae minae, good, i. e. of full weight, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 50; so,

    argentum,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 3:

    ut neque vir melior neque lectior femina in terris sit,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    lectissimi viri atque ornatissimi,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 6, § 15; cf. id. Div. in Caecil. 9, 29:

    uxor lectissima,

    id. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    (verbis) lectis atque illustribus uti,

    id. de Or. 3, 37, 150:

    nihil est aliud... pulcre et oratorie dicere nisi optimis sententiis verbisque lectissimis dicere,

    id. Or. 68, 227:

    juvenum lectissime,

    Stat. S. 5, 1, 247; cf.:

    viginti lectis equitum comitatus,

    Verg. A. 9, 48.—Hence, adv.: lectē, choicely, selectly (very rare):

    ab lego lecte ac lectissime,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 36 Müll.— Comp.:

    lectius,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 54, 2 (al. lecta).

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > legens

  • 20 lego

    1.
    lēgo, āvi, ātum (archaic perf. legassit for legaverit, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Inv. 2, 50, 148), 1, v. a. [lex; and therefore qs. lege creare], a publicist's and jurid. t. t.
    I.
    A publicist's t. t.
    A.
    To send with a commission or charge, to send on an embassy, send as ambassador; to depute, despatch:

    ne hoc quidem senatui relinquebas, ut legati ex ejus ordinis auctoritate legarentur,

    Cic. Vatin. 15, 35:

    hominem honestum ac nobilem legarunt ad Apronium,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 48, § 114: eos privatae rei causa legari, id. Fam. 3, 8, 4:

    juste pieque legatus venio,

    Liv. 1, 32:

    tres adulescentes in Africam legantur, qui reges adeant, etc.,

    Sall. J. 21, 4:

    quos Athenienses Romam ad senatum legaverant impetratum, etc.,

    Gell. 7, 14, 8.—
    2.
    Transf. to the commission itself (ante- and post-class.):

    quae verba legaverint Rhodii ad hostium ducem,

    what they told him through their deputies, Gell. 15, 31 in lemm.
    b.
    Beyond the official sphere:

    quin potius, quod legatum est tibi negotium, Id curas?

    committed, intrusted, Plaut. Cas. 1, 12.—
    B.
    To appoint or choose as deputy (as the official assistant, lieutenant, of a general or governor):

    eum (Messium) Caesari legarat Appius,

    Cic. Att. 4, 15, 9:

    ego me a Pompeio legari ita sum passus, ut, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 6:

    istum legatum iri non arbitror,

    id. ib. 10, 1, 4:

    ne legaretur Gabinius Pompeio expetenti,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    Dolabella me sibi legavit,

    chose me for his lieutenant, id. Att. 15, 11, 4:

    Calpurnius parato exercitu legat sibi homines nobiles, etc.,

    Sall. J. 28.—
    II.
    A jurid. t. t.: aliquid, to appoint by a last will or testament, to leave or bequeath as a legacy (class.):

    Numitori, qui stirpis maximus erat, regnum vetustum Silviae gentis legat,

    Liv. 1, 3: legavit quidam uxori mundum omne penumque, Lucil. ap. Gell. 4, 1, 3:

    usumfructum omnium bonorum Caesenniae legat,

    Cic. Caecin. 4, 11:

    Fabiae pecunia legata est a viro,

    id. Top. 3, 14:

    cui argentum omne legatum est,

    Quint. 5, 10, 62:

    in argento legato,

    id. 7, 2, 11.—
    B.
    Aliquid alicui ab aliquo, to leave one a legacy to be paid by the principal heir:

    uxori testamento legat grandem pecuniam a filio, si qui natus esset: ab secundo herede nihil legat,

    Cic. Clu. 12, 33:

    si paterfamilias uxori ancillarum usum fructum legavit a filio, neque a secundo herede legavit,

    id. Top. 4, 21; Quint. 7, 9, 5.—Hence,
    1.
    lēgātus, i, m.
    A.
    (Acc. to lego, I. A.) An ambassador, legate, Cic. Vatin. 15, 35:

    legatos mittere,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 12, 35:

    ad senatum legatos de aliqua re mittere,

    id. de Or. 2, 37, 155; cf.:

    missi magnis de rebus uterque Legati,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    legatos mittere ad indicendum bellum,

    Liv. 31, 8; Ov. M. 14, 527.—
    B.
    (Acc. to lego, I. B.).
    a.
    An official assistant given to a general or the governor of a province, a deputy, lieutenant, lieutenant-general:

    quos legatos tute tibi legasti?

    Cic. Pis. 14, 33:

    qui M. Aemilio legati fuerunt,

    id. Clu. 36, 99:

    Quintus frater meus legatus est Caesaris,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 21; id. Off. 3, 20, 79; cf.:

    Murena summo imperatori legatus L. Lucullo fuit, qua in legatione duxit exercitum, etc.,

    id. Mur. 9, 20; 14, 32:

    neque se ei legatum defuturum,

    id. Phil. 11, 7, 17; Val. Max. 5, 5, 1:

    hiberna cum legato praefectoque tradidisses,

    Cic. Pis. 35, 86:

    (Calvisius) duos legatos Uticae reliquerat,

    id. Phil. 3, 10 fin.:

    quaestorius,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 56; Caes. B. G. 2, 5 fin.:

    L. Caesar, cujus pater Caesaris erat legatus,

    id. B. C. 1, 8, 2:

    magnitudo et splendor legati,

    Liv. 38, 58, 9:

    in magna legatum quaere popina,

    Juv. 8, 172.—
    b.
    Under the emperors, a governor sent to a province by the emperor, Tac. A. 12, 40; id. Agr. 33; Suet. Vesp. 4; Spart. Hadr. 3 et saep.; cf. legatio, I. B. 2., and Orell. ad Tac. Agr. 9.—
    (β).
    Legati legionum, commanders, Suet. Tib. 19; id. Vesp. 4; cf.:

    Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos et quaestorem praefecit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 52; Tac. A. 2, 36; id. H. 1, 7.—Also called;

    legatus praetorius,

    Tac. Agr. 7.—
    2.
    lēgātum, i, n. (acc. to lego, II.), a bequest, legacy:

    legatum est delibatio hereditatis, qua testator ex eo, quod universum heredis foret, alicui quid collatum velit,

    Dig. 30, 116:

    Hortensii legata cognovi,

    Cic. Att. 7, 3, 9:

    reliqua legata varie dedit,

    Suet. Aug. 101; id. Tib. 48:

    legatum peto ex testamento,

    Quint. 4, 2, 6:

    jus capiendi legata alicui adimere,

    Suet. Dom. 8:

    cymbala pulsantis legatum amici,

    Juv. 9, 62:

    legatorum genera sunt quattuor,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 192; cf. sqq.
    2.
    lĕgo, lēgi, lectum ( gen. plur. part. legentum, Ov. Tr. 1. 7, 25), 3, v. a. [Gr. legô, logos, logas, etc.; Lat. legumen, di-leg-ens, neg-leg-o, etc.; cf. Germ. lesen], to bring together, to gather, collect.
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    oleam,

    Cato, R. R. 144:

    nuces,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 66, 265:

    herbas collibus,

    Ov. M. 14, 347: flores et humi nascentia fraga, [p. 1048] Verg. E. 3, 92; cf.:

    roscida mala,

    id. ib. 8, 38:

    flores in calathos,

    Ov. F. 5, 218:

    spolia caesorum,

    Liv. 5, 39:

    quos (montanos asparagos),

    Juv. 11, 69.—Of the dead who have been burned:

    ossa,

    Ov. H. 10, 150:

    homini mortuo ossa,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 24, 60: ossa filii, Sen. de Ira, 2, 33, 6; cf. Quint. 8, 5, 21; Lact. de Mort. Persec. 21, 11:

    reliquias legerunt primores equestris ordinis,

    Suet. Aug. 100. —
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    To take out, pick out, extract, remove:

    quibusdam et radi ossa et legi... quae sine totius pernicie corporis haerere non poterant,

    Sen. Prov. 1, 3, 2:

    ossa vivis,

    id. ad Marc. 22, 3:

    ossa in capite lecta,

    id. Ben. 5, 24, 3:

    ossa e vulneribus,

    Quint. 6, 1, 30.—
    2.
    To pluck, strip, gather fruit from (a tree, etc.):

    oleam qui legerit,

    Cato, R. R. 144, 1:

    ficus non erat apta legi,

    Ov. F. 2, 254.—
    3.
    Poet.: legere fila, to wind up:

    extrema Lauso Parcae fila legunt,

    i. e. spin the last thread of life, Verg. A. 10, 815; cf.:

    quae dedit ingrato fila legenda viro,

    Ov. F. 3, 462:

    stamen,

    Prop. 4 (5), 4, 40 (42).—
    4.
    Naut. t. t.: vela legere, to draw together, furl:

    omnis navita ponto umida vela legit,

    Verg. G. 1, 373:

    vela legunt socii,

    id. A. 3, 532:

    ipse dabit tenera vela, legetque manu,

    Ov. H. 15, 215; Val. Fl. 2, 13:

    prora funem legit Argus ab alta,

    draws in, takes in, id. 1, 312:

    ancoras classis legit,

    is weighing anchor, Sen. Troad. 759.—
    5.
    To take to one's self unjustly, to carry off, steal, purloin, plunder, abstract (not in Cic.): omnia viscatis manibus leget, omnia sumet: crede mihi, auferet omnia, Lucil. ap. Non. 332 and 396, 4:

    majus esse maleficium stuprare ingenuam quam sacrum legere,

    Auct. Her. 2, 30 fin.:

    sacra divum,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 117:

    soceros legere et gremiis abducere pactas,

    Verg. A. 10, 79 Serv. ad loc. (but Forbig. renders legere here as = eligere, sumere; cf. 8. infra).—
    6.
    Of places, to go, pass, or wander through ( poet.):

    nec me studiosius altera saltus Legit,

    Ov. M. 5, 579:

    pars cetera pontum Pone legit,

    sails through, Verg. A. 2, 207:

    vada dura lego,

    id. ib. 3, 706:

    freta,

    id. ib. 3, 127:

    aequora Afra,

    Ov. F. 4, 289:

    Ioniumque rapax Icariumque legit,

    id. ib. 4, 566: vestigia alicujus, to follow one's footsteps, to track or pursue him:

    subsequitur pressoque legit vestigia gressu,

    id. M. 3, 17; cf.:

    et vestigia retro Observata legit,

    Verg. A. 9, 392:

    tortos orbes,

    to wander through, id. ib. 12, 481.—
    7.
    To pass or sail by, to skirt, to coast along a shore, land, or place (mostly poet.):

    Inarimen Prochytenque legit,

    Ov. M. 14, 89; 15, 705; 709: primi litoris oram, coast along, i. e. not enter into details, Verg. G. 2, 44; id. E. 8, 7:

    navibus oram Italiae,

    Liv. 21, 51 fin.:

    oram Campaniae,

    Suet. Tib. 11; cf.

    terram,

    id. Aug. 16. —
    8.
    Pregn., to choose from a number, to pick out, single out, select, elect (class.):

    alia esse oportet forma quem tu pugno legeris,

    pick out to fight with, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 160:

    judices,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 6, 16:

    omnia, quae leget quaeque reiciet,

    id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:

    scribam,

    to elect, appoint, id. Clu. 45, 126:

    condiciones nubendi,

    id. Cael. 15:

    cives in patres,

    Liv. 23, 22:

    viros ad bella,

    Ov. M. 7, 669:

    geminasque legit de classe biremes,

    Verg. A. 8, 79: legit virum vir, each one singles out his man (of the combatants in a battle), id. ib. 11, 632:

    senatum ad modum pristinum redegit duabus lectionibus: prima ipsorum arbitratu, quo vir virum legit,

    Suet. Aug. 35; Tac. H. 1, 18: neque ejus legendam filiam (sc. virginem Vestalem) qui domicilium in Italia non haberet, At. Cap. ap. Gell. 1, 12, 8.—
    * (β).
    With inf.:

    fidissima custos Lecta sacrum justae veneri occultare pudorem,

    Stat. Th. 1, 530.
    II.
    Trop.
    * A.
    To catch up, i. e. overhear a conversation:

    nunc huc concedam, ut horum sermonem legam,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 21 (cf. sublegere, id. Mil. 4, 2. 98).—
    B.
    To catch with the eye, to view, observe, behold, survey, see.
    * 1.
    In gen.:

    tumulum capit, unde omnes longo ordine posset Adversos legere,

    Verg. A. 6, 755 Heyne ad loc.; and cf. Verg. A. 6, 34.—
    2.
    In partic., to read or peruse a writing:

    ut eos libros per te ipse legeres,

    Cic. Top. 1:

    defensionem causae,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 112:

    legi apud Clitomachum, A. Albium jocantem dixisse, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 45, 137:

    aliquid studiose intenteque,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 13, 1:

    significas legisse te in quadam epistula mea, jussisse Verginium, etc.,

    id. ib. 9, 19, 1: philosophorum consultorumque opiniones, Quint. 12, 11, 17:

    liber tuus et lectus est et legitur a me diligenter,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 5, 1:

    orationem,

    Quint. 1, 1, 6:

    aiunt multum legendum esse non multa,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 9, 15.—With a pers. obj.:

    antiquos et novos,

    Quint. 2, 5, 23:

    antiquos studiosius,

    id. 3, 6, 62:

    poëtas,

    id. 1, 4, 4. —In pass.:

    Horatius fere solus legi dignus,

    Quint. 10, 1, 96:

    si cum judicio legatur Cassius Severus,

    id. 10, 1, 116:

    dumque legar, mecum pariter tua fama legetur,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 14, 5:

    sepulcra legens,

    when reading epitaphs, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:

    legentium plerisque,

    Liv. 1 praef. §

    4: opus nescio an minimae legentibus futurum voluptati,

    to my readers, Quint. 3, 1, 2; cf. id. 9, 4, 2; 2, 5, 3:

    nec Cynicos nec Stoica dogmata,

    Juv. 13, 121.— Absol.:

    legendi usus,

    Lact. 3, 25, 9:

    memoriam continuus legendi usus instruit,

    Macr. S. 1, 5, 1.—
    b.
    In partic.
    (α).
    To read out, read aloud, recite (esp. freq. in post-Aug. authors):

    convocatis auditoribus volumen legere, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 51, 191: codicem pro contione, id. Fragm. ap. Quint. 4, 4, 8:

    audio me male legere, dumtaxat versus, orationes enim commodius,

    Plin. Ep. 9, 34:

    obturem impune legentibus aures,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 105:

    quem vero arripuit tenet occiditque legendo,

    with recitation, id. A. P. 475:

    quis dabit historico quantum daret acta legenti,

    to read him the news, Juv. 7, 104.—
    (β).
    To find in an author or a writing:

    ut scriptum legimus,

    Cic. Deiot. 7, 19:

    legi etiam scriptum, esse avem quandam, etc.,

    id. N. D. 2. 49 init.:

    ego vero haec scripta legi,

    id. Planc. 39, 94:

    praeterea scriptum legimus, Gallos in venatibus tinguere sagittas,

    Gell. 17, 15, 7. relatum legere, Nep. praef. 1.— Pass.:

    in aliis codicibus non peccato sed peccatis legitur,

    Aug. Cont. Jul. Rel. 1, 22; id. Don. Persev. 6 init. al.—
    C.
    A publicist's t. t.: legere senatum, to read over or call off the names of senators (which was done by the censors;

    v. lectio, II. A. 2.): censores fideli concordia senatum legerunt,

    Liv. 40, 51; 9, 29; 9, 30; 9, 46; 43, 15 al.—Hence, lĕgens, entis, Part. as subst. m., a reader ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose for lector), Ov. Tr. 1, 7, 25.— Plur., Liv. praef. 4; Quint. 3, 1, 2; Plin. 8, 16, 17, § 44; Tac. A. 4, 33.—Also, lectus, a, um, P. a., chosen, picked out, selected; choice, excellent (class.): argenti lectae numeratae minae, good, i. e. of full weight, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 50; so,

    argentum,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 3:

    ut neque vir melior neque lectior femina in terris sit,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    lectissimi viri atque ornatissimi,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 6, § 15; cf. id. Div. in Caecil. 9, 29:

    uxor lectissima,

    id. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    (verbis) lectis atque illustribus uti,

    id. de Or. 3, 37, 150:

    nihil est aliud... pulcre et oratorie dicere nisi optimis sententiis verbisque lectissimis dicere,

    id. Or. 68, 227:

    juvenum lectissime,

    Stat. S. 5, 1, 247; cf.:

    viginti lectis equitum comitatus,

    Verg. A. 9, 48.—Hence, adv.: lectē, choicely, selectly (very rare):

    ab lego lecte ac lectissime,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 36 Müll.— Comp.:

    lectius,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 54, 2 (al. lecta).

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > lego

См. также в других словарях:

  • prose n — Authors in jail have their prose and cons …   English expressions

  • Prose Tristan — The Prose Tristan is an adaptation of the Tristan and Iseult story into a long prose romance, and the first to tie the subject entirely into the arc of the Arthurian legend. It was also the first major Arthurian prose cycle commenced after the… …   Wikipedia

  • Prose poetry — This article refers to a poetic form. For the competitive speech event, see Prose Poetry. TOCrightProse poetry is usually considered a form of poetry written in prose that breaks some of the normal rules associated with prose discourse, for… …   Wikipedia

  • List of atheists (authors) — Authors * Douglas Adams (1952 ndash;2001): British radio and television writer and novelist, author of The Hitchhiker s Guide to the Galaxy . [ I am a radical Atheist... Adams in an interview by American Atheists… …   Wikipedia

  • nonfictional prose — Introduction       any literary work that is based mainly on fact, even though it may contain fictional elements. Examples are the essay and biography.       Defining nonfictional prose literature is an immensely challenging task. This type of… …   Universalium

  • Augustan prose — is somewhat ill defined, as the definition of Augustan relies primarily upon changes in taste in poetry. However, the general time represented by Augustan literature saw a rise in prose writing as high literature. The essay, satire, and dialogue… …   Wikipedia

  • List of Catholic authors — The authors listed on this page should be limited to those who identify as Catholic authors in some form. This does not mean they are necessarily orthodox in their beliefs. It does mean they identify as Catholic in a religious, cultural, or even… …   Wikipedia

  • Purple prose — This is an article about a literary term. For Purple Prose magazine, see Purple (magazine). Purple prose is a term of literary criticism used to describe passages, or sometimes entire literary works, written in prose so overly extravagant, ornate …   Wikipedia

  • Village Prose — ( ru. Деревенская проза, or Деревенская литература) was a movement in Soviet literature beginning during the Thaw, which included works that focused on the Soviet rural communities. Some point to the critical essays on collectivization in Novyi… …   Wikipedia

  • List of Slovak prose and drama authors — The following is a list of the most important authors of Slovak prose and drama, for a list of Slovak poets see Slovak poetry: Middle Ages (800 ndash; 1500) :Clement of Ohrid (late 9th century) ndash; probably born in the Balkans:Constantine (827 …   Wikipedia

  • List of German language authors — This list contains the names of notable individuals (of any ethnicity or nationality) who are considered authors of fictional and essayistic prose texts as well as dramas written in the German language. The list is composed of two… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»